d.l
                      UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
                                     OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
o •

'4-
 O
                 EPA-330/9-89-003-R
                 MULTI-MEDIA INVESTIGATION MANUAL
                 Revised March-1992
                                            U S  Environmental Protection Agency
                                            Region 5, Library (PL-12J)
                                            77 West Jackson Boulevard, 12tn t-«WT
                                            Chicago, IL  60604-3590
                       NATIONAL ENFORCEMENT INVESTIGATIONS CENTER
                                         Denver, Colorado


                      Prepared in cooperation with Environmental Services Divisions
                                        Regions I through X

-------
Mention of commercial names is for example purposes and
does not constitute endorsement by EPA.  Additionally, this
manual supplements,  not  supersedes, Standard Operating
Procedures, Policy  and Procedures Manuals, and any other
EPA guidance.

-------
                          CONTENTS


 INTRODUCTION	    l

      PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THIS MANUAL	5

 PROJECT REQUEST/IDENTIFICATION	  9

 PROJECT TEAM FORMATION	10

      REQUIRED SKILLS AND QUALIFICATIONS ....              in
      INVESTIGATOR  RESPONSIBILITY	'.!.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'."'.'.'.'.!.' 12

 BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW	13

      FEDERAL/STATE/LOCAL FILE REVIEW                  13
      RECONNAISSANCE	           	14
      EPA DATABASE  REVIEWS	'.'."'.'.'.'.I'.'.".' 14

 PROJECT PLAN DEVELOPMENT	16

      PROJECT PLAN	                        16
      NOTIFICATIONS/SCHEDULING	".'"!.'."!.'!!!.'"" 18

 FIELD INSPECTION	21

      DEVELOPING AN INSPECTION  STRATEGY...             21
      CONDUCTING THE ON-SITE INSPECTION	"""""28

          Entry	28
          Opening Conference	30
          General Facility Tour	34
          Process/Waste Management Evaluation	!.'.'! 34
          Document Reviews	37
          Sampling	.........28
          Closing  Conference	39

MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES	41

     RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT (RCRA)	41

          Basic Program	41
          Subtitle  C - Hazardous Wastes	....42
          Subtitle I - Underground Storage  Tanks	56
          Subtitle  J - Medical Waste Regulations	58
          Pollution Prevention	62

-------
                   CONTENTS (cont.)
 CLEAN WATER ACT (CWA)
      Basic Program [[[    §4
      Evaluating Compliance ......................................  ........ .65
 CLEAN AIR ACT (CAA)
      Basic Program	     gg
      Evaluating Compliance	  70

 SAFE  DRINKING WATER ACT (SDWA)	73

      Basic Program	    73
      Evaluating Compliance	 73

 TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT (TSCA)	75

      Basic Program	    75
      Evaluating Compliance	'." 77

 FEDERAL INSECTICIDE, FUNGICIDE, AND
 RODENTICIDE ACT (FIFRA)	84

     Basic  Program	84
     Evaluating Compliance	 84

 EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY
   RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT (EPCRA)	87

     Basic  Program	3?
     Evaluating Compliance	.............!88

COMPREHENSIVE EMERGENCY RESPONSE,
   COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY ACT (CERCLA)        90
LABORATORY AND  DATA QUALITY AUDITS	'.'.'.'.'.".'.'.I!!'.92

FIELD CITATIONS AND DOCUMENTATION	95

     Field Citations	           95
     Other Facility Material	................."............. 95
     Project Logbook	..!......!......". 96
     Chain-of-Custody	......................96

-------
                           CONTENTS (cont.)
*
        INVESTIGATION  REPORT
        OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
          ADMINISTRATION
  REFERENCES
  APPENDICES

  A    Summary of Pollution Control Legislation
  B    Multi-Media Inspections - Definitions and Training
  C    Team Leader Responsibilities and Authorities
  D    Types of Information
  E    Sources of Information
  F    Project Plan and Safety Plan Examples
  G    Multi-Media Investigation Equipment Checklist
  H    Suggested Records/Document Request
  I     Multi-Media Checklists
  J     Investigation Authority/Summary of Environmental Acts
  K    Evidentiary Procedures for Photographs/Microfilm
  L    Key Principles and Techniques for Interview;ng
  M    Sampling Guidelines
  N    Land Disposal Restrictions Program
  0    Sources Subpart (40 CFR Part 60) Effective Date of Standard Air
         Pollutants Subject to NSPS
  P     TSCA Forms
  Q     TSCA Sections 5 and 8 Glossary of Terms and Acronyms
 FIGURE

 1    Project Phases	              7
 2    Multi-Media Investigative Approach........................	23
 3    Multi-Media Inspection Feedback Loops...!"!!.'"!."".'"!."!!!!!!!."!.'!"]! 26
 TABLE

      Permitted vs. Interim Status	47
                                111

-------
INTRODUCTION

-------
 INTRODUCTION
       This manual is intended as a guide for investigators who conduct
 multi-media environmental compliance investigations of facilities that dis-
 charge, emit, prepare, manage, store, or dispose of pollutants controlled by
 Federal, State, or local environmental laws and regulations.  Investigative
 methods  are  presented  that integrate the  enforcement programs for air,
 water, solid waste, pesticides, and toxic substances. This manual describes
 general activities and functions of multi-media investigations, and provides
 information on special features of specific media  and associated statutes.
 This  manual is  intended  to  supplement  the  various media-specific
 investigation guides listed in the reference section.

       Multi-media compliance investigations  are intended to determine a
 facility's  status  of compliance with  applicable  laws,  regulations, and
 permits.

       The environmental laws which  EPA administers and enforces are
 summarized in Appendix A.  Emphasis is given to identifying violations of
 regulations, permits, approvals,  orders and consent  decrees, and  the
 underlying causes of such violations.  Investigators should thoroughly
 identify and document violations  and  problems that have an existing or
 potential effect on human health and the environment.

      All  inspections can be  grouped into four  categories of increasing
 complexity, moving  from Category A  (a  program-specific  compliance
 inspection) to Category D, (a complex multi-media investigation) depending
 upon the complexity of the facility and the objectives of the investigation.
 Factors in categorizing the investigation include the complexity of pollution
 sources,  facility  size, process operations, pollution  controls, and the
 personnel  and  time  resources  which are  required  to conduct the
 compliance investigation.  The  four  categories of investigations are
 described below [Appendix B]:

Category A:  Program-specific compliance inspections, conducted by one
             or more inspectors.  The objective  is to determine facility
             compliance status for program-specific regulations.

-------
 INTRODUCTION
Category B:
Category C:
 Program-specific compliance inspections (e.g.,  compliance
 with hazardous  waste regulations), which are conducted by
 one or more inspectors; however, the inspector(s) screen for
 and  report  on  obvious, key  indicators  of  possible
 noncompliance in other environmental  program areas.

 Category B multi-media inspections have limited, focused
 objectives and are most appropriate for  smaller, less complex
 facilities that  are subject to only a few environmental laws.
 The objective is to determine compliance for program specific
 regulations and to refer information to other programs based
 on screening inspections.

 Several  concurrent   and coordinated  program-specific
 compliance  investigations  conducted  by  a  team  of
 investigators representing two or more program offices.  The
 team, which is headed by a team leader, conducts a detailed
 compliance evaluation for each of the target programs.

 Category C multi-media investigations have more compli-
 ance issues to address than the Category B inspection and
 are more appropriate for intermediate to large facilities that
 are subject to a variety of environmental laws.  The objective
 is  to determine  compliance for several targeted program-
 specific areas.  Reports on obvious, key indicators of possible
 noncompliance in other environmental program  areas  are
 also made.
Category D:
These .comprehensive facility evaluations address not only
compliance in targeted program specific regulations, but also
try to identify environmental problems that might otherwise
be overlooked.   The initial focus is normally  on facility
processes  to  identify  activities  (e.g.,  new  chemical
manufacturing) and byproducts/waste streams  potentially
subject  to  regulation.  The byproducts/waste streams  are

-------
 INTRODUCTION
              traced to  final disposition  (on-site  or  off-site treatment,
              storage, and/or disposal).  When regulated activities or waste
              streams are identified, a compliance evaluation is made with
              respect to applicable requirements.

              The investigation team, headed by a team leader, is com-
              prised of staff thoroughly trained in different program areas.
              For example, a large industrial facility with multiple process
              operations may be regulated under numerous environmental
              statutes, such as the Clean Water Act (CWA),  Clean Air Act
              (CAA), Resource Conservation  and  Recovery Act (RCRA),
              Toxic  Substances  Control  Act (TSCA), Comprehensive
              Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
              (CERCLA), and the Federal Insecticide and Rodenticide Act
              (FIFRA).  The on-site investigation is conducted during one
              or more time periods, during which intense concurrent pro-
              gram-specific compliance evaluations are  conducted, often by
              the same cross-trained personnel.

              Category D multi-media investigations  are thorough and,
              consequently, resource intensive. They are appropriate for
              intermediate to large, complex facilities that are subject to a
              variety of environmental laws.  Compliance determinations
              are made for  several targeted  program-specific  areas.
              Reports on possible  noncompliance  are  made for  other
              program areas.

      Generally, all investigations will use  essentially the same protocols,
including pre-inspection planning,  use  of a project plan, sampling,
inspection procedures, and final report. The major difference  will  be in the
number of different regulations Categories C and D investigations  address.

      The multi-media approach to investigations (which is described in
Categories C  and D) has  several  advantages over a program-specific
inspection, including:

-------
 INTRODUCTION
      •     A more comprehensive and reliable assessment of a facility's
            compliance with fewer missed violations

      •     Improved  enforcement support  and  better potential for
            enforcement

      •     A higher probability to uncover/prevent problems  before they
            occur or before they  manifest an  environmental or public
            health risk

      •     Ability to respond more effectively to non-program specific
            complaints,  issues,   or  needs   and  develop   a  better
            understanding of cross-media  problems and  issues, such as
            waste minimization

      The success of a multi-media investigation  program is contingent
upon a  good managerial system and the support of upper management.
Since these investigations will often be conducted at larger facilities,
adequate resources  (time  and personnel) must  be provided.   Good
communications during the planning  phase are essential to  define the
scope  of work  and  each team  member's   role  in the  inspection.
Communications  could  also include state officials since  state inspectors
might also participate as team members. Often, because of the extent of the
state's knowledge of the facility and its problems, state  involvement is
critical to the success of the investigation.  Similarly, coordination  with
other Federal or local agencies needs to be addressed, as necessary.

      Branch Chiefs and Section Chiefs are  important in implementing the
multi-media inspection program and identifying areas of responsibility and
accountability. Some of their duties include:

      •      Identify team leaders
      •      Form investigation teams
      •      Provide access  to  training and  other means necessary to
            develop multi-media investigation expertise
      •      Participate in targeting investigations

-------
 INTRODUCTION
       •    Ensure that team activities both internal and external to their
            Divisions are coordinated
       •    Market multi-media investigations to programs
       •    Oversee the  preparation  of a site-specific  project plan and
            safety plan prior to the investigation
       •    Provide managerial support while teams are in the field
       •    Ensure quality of final reports

       The roles and areas of responsibility and accountability of other
 managers, technical staff, and team leaders must be defined.  Participants
 need to identify and agree on what evidence is needed and the scope of work
 to be  conducted.  Next, a project plan and safety plan  that  outlines the
 desired objectives  and safety considerations must next be prepared by the
 team leader.   Other responsibilities for  the technical staff,  which often
 mirror or complement those of managers, are as follows:

       •     Contact state counterparts
       •     Assist  in  investigation  preparation, including  logistical
            considerations
       •     Coordinate activities internal and external to their  Division
       •     Provide legal  support for obtaining warrants when necessary
       •     Provide training for investigators
       •     Prepare reports
       •     Distribute reports and followup for multi-media enforcement

PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THIS MANUAL

      Multi-media investigations  are carried out in response to  specific
requests from the  EPA program offices, legal staff, or state environmental
offices. All investigations will result in  a written report that documents
non-compliance  or  other  areas of concern  identified  during  the
investigation.   Report  guidelines  for  documenting  a multi-media
investigation are discussed later in this document.
i
      This manual provides guidelines for conducting Categories C and D
multi-media investigations, as well as, suggests principles and procedures

-------
 INTRODUCTION
 which will also apply to Categories A and B or single media investigations.
 Moreover, this manual identifies  multi-media objectives and also focuses
 on specific environmental laws and associated statutes.

      The manual's organization follows the steps involved in a multi-
 media  investigation beginning with the  project  request and  leading
 ultimately to enforcement case support.

      Multi-media investigations are conducted as a  series of tasks or
 phases, which usually include:

      •     Project request/identification of objectives
      •     Project team formation
      •     Background information review
      •     Project Plan preparation
      •     On-site field inspection
      •     Report preparation
      •     Enforcement case support

These phases are depicted in Figure 1  and discussed in detail in  the
following  sections.  Each phase is not necessarily a discrete step to be
completed, in order, before initiating the next phase.   The  background
information review, for example, usually continues  through enforcement
case support.

      Where established  policies  and procedures do not  exist,  common
sense,  professional  judgment,  and experience  should  be applied.
Investigators need to collect valid, factual information and supporting data
to document violations adequately.  The documentation must be admissible
as evidence in any subsequent enforcement action.

-------
    Figure 1
PROJECT PHASES







Request for assistance ^_^_i_^V""^^^^_^_^


Management



i



f
"*""• — 	 	 _ ^T^ irrmirr "^S
__^. Kl ,ijlll,M UK. 1«^
/~~ ^ " "" ^^^~^ i """^fc
2 ^v "^ ^
requesting party . j . ^
/ l \ "^
' 1 ^^
/ \ -v.
/ *
PROJECT TEAM
FORMATION
Identify project objectives
Identify applicable statutes
Determine evidence to be
obtained

Define workloads and
timeframes
Identify level of technical
expertise required to evaluate
target source


BACKGROUND
-INFORMATION
1 REVIEW






Applicable
current and
historic data
Legal &
technical
information
searches
Recon
inspection
(if desired)
-i*-








PROJECT PLAN
PREPARATION
Background
information
Investigation
objectives, tasks,
methods

QA/QC procedures
Document control
& ehain-of-custody
procedures
Safety
requirements
& site safety plan
Schedules of
investigation
activities
-**•







ENFORCEMENT
CASE SUPPORT


Subsequent negotiations
and/or litigation
j
^ ^
ON-SITE
FIELD
INSPECTION
Facility inspections
Process & pollution
control technology
evaluations

Sampling &
monitoring
data collection
Lab analyses and
c aiuauuiib














-t»-








i








REPORT
PREPARATION
Investigation
findings
Supporting
information



Documentation
Draft report
Review
process

Enforcement
investig




ation reports









-------
INTRODUCTION
      Each investigation should be conducted as though it will be contested
in court. The investigation and all supporting evidence  and documentation
may be  contested by highly skilled defense counsel  as  unprofessional,
inaccurate, misinterpreted, etc.  Because the Agency's case will depend
heavily on the investigative  findings, the investigation must be complete
and accurate.

      Since a multi-media investigation by its very nature probes into a
facility's processes under multiple environmental regulations, it provides a
highly effective way  of looking at a  non-complying facility.   Overall
objectives of a multi-media investigation include:

      •    Determine compliance status with applicable laws, regula-
           tions, permits,  and consent decrees
      •    Determine ability of a facility to achieve compliance across  all
           environmental  areas
      •    Identify  need  for remedial measures   and  enforcement
           action(s) to correct the causes of violations
      •    Evaluate a facility's waste producing, treatment, manage-
           ment, and pollution control practices and equipment
      •    Evaluate facility self-monitoring capability
      •    Evaluate facility recordkeeping practices
      *    Evaluate  facility waste  minimization/pollution prevention
           programs
      •    Obtain appropriate samples
                                  8

-------
PROJECT TEAM FORMATION

-------
 PROJECT REQUEST/IDENTIFICATION
      The success  of a multi-media  investigation  depends on thorough,
 up-front planning.   Coordination with all interested and knowledgeable
 parties [i.e., Region, State, National Enforcement Investigations Center
 (NEIC), investigation team  members,  supervisory staff]  is essential  to
 ensure  an  efficient and  thorough investigation.   Each program office
 should  be contacted to assure that all interested parties are aware of the
 planned  multi-media  investigation.   Furthermore,  depending upon
 State/EPA agreements,  the State should (may) be notified of the pending
 investigation. All concerned parties should be involved as soon as possible
 to facilitate coordination.  Coordination with other Federal agencies, such
 as Occupational  Safety and  Health Administration (OSHA) or Corps  of
 Engineers, may be needed in joint Federal investigations.

      There must be agreement on the part of program and support offices
 and Regional Counsel, and perhaps the State as well, on the overall scope  of
 work for  a particular  investigation.   The  scope  must  be  clearly
 communicated to  managers and the investigators and stated in the project
 plan.   Clearly defined objectives are critical  to the success  of  any
 investigation; the  objectives should be well defined at the time of the initial
 request. At the time the  project plan is developed, the objectives will be
 further  refined (see  section titled Project Plan Formation).  Communication
 among the involved parties should be the initial step of pre-investigation
planning but should also continue throughout the investigation, because of
unanticipated events often associated with field work.

-------
PROJECT REQUEST/
IDENTIFICATION
Regions|

-------
 PROJECT TEAM FORMATION
 REQUIRED SKILLS AND QUALIFICATIONS

      Each multi-media investigation team should be composed of qualified
 field inspectors.   Each team member should  bring  special  program
 expertise and  experience and must  be well  trained . i  most facets  of
 conducting a field investigation, including sampling.

      Most of the investigators on the  team, including the team leader,
 should be  current  field investigators who already possess most  of the
 necessary skills and qualifications.  However, flexibility in team  selection
 must exist in order to use skills in the  organization  and ensure  that the
 expertise is represented for a given situation. There may be circumstances
 where a  permit writer, hydrogeologist, toxicologist, or some other special
 discipline will be needed on the team.

      The  team leader has  overall  responsibility  for the  successful
 completion of the multi-media investigation.  (Team leader responsibilities
 and authorities  are presented in Appendix  C.)  In addition,  other
 investigators may be  designated as  leads  for each  of the  specific
 media/programs that will be  addressed. These individuals may work alone
 or have  one  or more inspectors/samplers  as assistants, depending  on
 workloads  and  training objectives.  However,  all  investigation team
 members should report directly to, and  be accountable to, the team leader.

      Some of  the more important  skills and qualifications  that  are
necessary for team members, are as follows:

      •    Knowledge of the Agency's policies and procedures regarding
           inspection authority, entry procedures/problems, enforcement
           actions, legal issues, and safety

      •     Thorough  familiarity with sampling equipment,  quality
           assurance  (QA)  requirements  for  sample  collection,
           identification   and  preservation,   and  chain-of-custody
           procedures
                                 10

-------
PROJECT TEAM FORMATION
      •    Knowledge  of manufacturing/waste  producing processes,
           pollution control technology, principles  of waste management,
           flow  measurement  theory and procedures,  and waste
           monitoring techniques/equipment

      •    Investigatory skills  including  ability to gather  evidence
           through good interviewing techniques and astute observations

      •    Up-to-date experience in conducting compliance inspections

      •    Communication skills

      •    Basic  understanding  of  the  procedures  for obtaining
           administrative warrants, including preparation of affidavits,
           technical content of the warrant application, and  warrant and
           procedures for serving a warrant

      •    For  each  of the  areas  addressed  in the  multi-media
           investigations, there  should be  at least one  team member
           trained in that area. Furthermore, at least one team member
           should have considerable knowledge of  laboratory (analytical)
           methods and quality assurance  (QA) requirements, if  a
           laboratory evaluation is to be conducted.

     EPA Order 3500.1 sets forth specific training requirements for any
EPA investigator who is leading a  single media  investigation.  These
training requirements  include  both general  inspection procedures and
media specific procedures. While an individual leading a multi-media
investigation may not have had  the media-specific training for each media
covered during that multi-media investigation,  the team  leader should
have the media specific training for at least two of the media.  In addition,
the team leader should have experience and skills in the following areas.

     •     Leadership

     •     Project managemen^

                                11

-------
 PROJECT TEAM FORMATION

       •    Lead for inspections in more than one program/media

       •    Multi-media investigations

 INVESTIGATOR RESPONSIBILITY

       Investigators must  conduct themselves in a professional manner
 and maintain credibility.  A cooperative spirit should be cultivated with
 facility representatives, when possible. All investigators should maintain a
 sensitivity to multi-media  issues and implications and freely discuss, with
 other members of the team, observations/findings relating to one or more
 programs  (or cross-program  lines).   Moreover, investigators must
 remember  to adhere to the project plan,* as well as both the Agency's and
 the facility's safety plans or requirements.

      Investigators should restrict their on-site activities to  the  normal
 working hours of the  facility, as much as possible.  Investigators will need
 to keep abreast of specific program regulations and should also coordinate,
 as necessary, with other EPA and State  inspectors and laboratory staff (if
 samples will be  collected).   The  investigation team  should implement
 appropriate field  note  taking methods and  proper  document  control
 procedures, particularly when the company  asserts a "confidential" claim.
 Investigators must assume that  important  documents  (e.g., project plan,
 safety plan, and logbooks) are not left unattended at the  facility.  Sensitive
discussions do not take place in front of facility personnel or on company
telephones.
    Field conditions may dictate plan modifications.  Reasons for modifications should
    be thoroughly documented.
                                  12

-------
BACKGROUND
INFORMATION REVIEW

-------
 BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW
 FEDERAL/STATE/LOCAL FILE REVIEW

      The investigation team  must  collect  and  analyze  available
 background information in  order to better  plan and perform the multi-
 media investigation.  The objective  of the review is to allow EPA staff to
 (1) become familiar with the facility, (2) clarify technical and legal issues
 prior to the inspection, (3) use resources wisely, and (4) provide information
 to allow each inspector to develop a list  of questions  to be answered and
 documents to be obtained during the on-site inspection.  For example, the
 investigators should  understand the facility's process(es) to  the  extent
 possible and know where past problems have occurred, based on file/data
 reviews. Much of the total time spent on an investigation should be spent
 on planning and preparing for the investigation.  This will prevent  classic
 oversights such as being on the road and not knowing where the facility is,
 or walking past the operation that  received a Notice of Violation in five
 previous inspections.   Investigators should check with the program staff
(Federal/State/local, etc.) to gain as much knowledge as possible about the
 site.  Federal/State/local file reviewers should pay particular attention to the
following:
     •     Permits and permit applications
     •     Process and wastewater flow charts
     •     Prior inspection reports
           Enforcement  documents  including  Administrative Orders,
           Complaints,  Consent  Decrees/Agreements,  Notices   of
           Noncompliance (NONs),  Deficiency  Notices,  Compliance
           Schedules, Cease  and Desist Orders, Closeout Documents,
           Notices of Violations, etc.
           Facility responses to all of the above
           Facility records, reports, and self-monitoring data
           QA documentation
           Exemptions and waivers
           Maps  showing facility  layout  and  waste  management/
           discharge sites
           Records of citizen complaints
                                 13

-------
BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW
     •      Consultant's reports
     •      Potential cross-program issues
     •      Annual reports
     •      Hazardous waste manifests
     •      Spill reports

      A more detailed list of types of information which may be acquired
and reviewed is presented in Appendix D.

RECONNAISSANCE

      A reconnaissance  inspection of the  facility may be conducted  in
conjunction  with gathering background  information from State and local
files.  Administrative details and logistics are usually discussed during a
reconnaissance  that will  help  the  on-site inspection  proceed  more
efficiently.  A reconnaissance inspection is  particularly important if a
complex facility is  being investigated or if the facility has never been
inspected by the team leaders. At least the team leader should participate
in the reconnaissance. No reconnaissance is conducted if the investigation
will be unannounced, or  if the team has extensive knowledge of the facility
(see Project Plan Formation Section).

EPA DATABASE REVIEWS

      Additional facility  background material should be obtained from EPA
databases.  (Acronyms are defined in Appendix E.)  At a minimum, the
inspectors should use the following:

      •     TRIS (provides facility data on past releases of toxic/hazardous
            substances to the environment, as required by Section 311  of
            SARA)

      •     DUNS Market Identifiers:  Commercial  systems that tracks
            the  owners and  financial  information for  publicly-  and
            privately-owned companies in the  U.S.
                                 14

-------
 BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW
       •     PCS (provides CWA/NPDES permit related information, DMR
            data, receiving  stream  data,  some enforcement  related
            material, and inspection history for "major"  wastewater
            discharges)

       •     RCRIS/HWDMS  (provides RCRA-related  information on a
            facility such as location, hazardous waste handled, inspection
            history, nature of past violations,  and results of enforcement
            actions)

       •     FTTS (provides TSCA-related information on a facility such as
            inspection history,  and  case  development information,
            including violations, and types/results  of enforcement actions)

       •     FINDS (EPA database that identifies regulations applicable to
            the target facility, including some  related  to compliance/
            enforcement issues)

       •     CERCLIS (Superfund's national database  system  provides
            information on CERCLA sites)

       •     AFS/AIRS (the Air  Compliance Program's national database
            system provides air  compliance information  for major sources)

      A more extensive list  of sources  of information, including both
computer databases  and  other sources, is  presented in Appendix E.
Following file/data reviews, the investigation team may prepare  a fact sheet
for the facility along with a list of questions that need to be answered either
before  or during the on-site actual investigation.
                                  15

-------
PROJECT PLAN DEVELOPMENT

-------
PROJECT PLAN DEVELOPMENT
PROJECT PLAN

      A site-specific project plan should be developed for all multi-media
inspections.  Each project plan should reflect the requirements/scope of
work associated with each individual facility.  The plan describes the
project objectives and tasks required to fulfill these objectives.  In addition to
methods,  procedures, resources required,  and schedules, a safety plan is
included  as an  appendix  and identifies  potential  site safety issues,
procedures,  and safety equipment [Appendix E].

      Generally, a draft project  plan is prepared to give all  involved
parties/regional management an opportunity to review the planned project
activities  and schedule.  The team leader, with the  assistance of other
investigators, is responsible for preparing the  site-specific  project plan.
After agreement on the draft is reached, the plan  should be finalized as
soon as possible.  It must be available before the on-site inspection  starts. A
comprehensive project plan provides a means for informing all  involved
parties of the proposed activities and helps ensure an effective multi-media
investigation; team members must  be familiar with the project plan.

      The following generally form the outline for the project plan:

      Objectives - This is probably the most important part of the project
      plan and should be well defined, complete, and clear. The objectives
      should also have been discussed and agreed upon by all appropriate
      management personnel.  The objectives define what the investigation
      is to accomplish (e.g., to assess environmental compliance  with the
      regulations that apply to the  source-water, air, et al.).

      Background - Discusses, in general, facility processes and, based on
      available information, identifies laws, regulations,  permits, and
      consent decrees applicable to  the facility.

      Tasks - The plan defines tasks for accomplishing the objectives and
      spells  out procedures for obtaining the necessary information and

                                  16

-------
PROJECT PLAN DEVELOPMENT

      evaluating  facility  compliance.  The tasks  usually  involve  an
      evaluation of process operations, pollution control/treatment and
      disposal  practices,  operation  and  maintenance  practices,  self-
      monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting practices, and pollution
      abatement/control needs.  Tasks will probably  be sequenced, based
      on:   facility  factors, investigation objectives, logistical factors,
      constraints imposed  by the company, and complexity and overlap of
      regulatory programs (see section on Field Inspections).

      Methods/Procedures - The plan provides or references policies and
      procedures  for  document   control,   chain-of-custody,  quality
      assurance, and handling and processing of confidential information.
      Specific instructions for the particular investigation may be provided.

      Safety - A safety plan attached to the  project plan identifies safety
      equipment and procedures which the investigation team must follow
      [Appendix F].  The safety procedures and equipment are typically the
      more stringent of EPA or company procedures.  EPA procedures are
      documented in EPA  Transmittal 1440 - Occupational Health and
      Safety Manual dated March  18, 1986.  Additional  safety issues  for
      extensive or prolonged investigations,  if necessary, should also be
      addressed in the plan.

      Resources  -  The  plan describes  special  personnel  needs and
      equipment requirements.   As  noted earlier, experienced and
      knowledgeable personnel shall compose the investigation team. An
      example of an equipment list is presented in Appendix G.

      Schedules -   The  plan  usually provides  general schedules for
      investigation activities. This information is important to the team
      members  as well as Headquarters, Regional, and/or State officials
      who requested the project.  The dates for (a) starting and finishing
      the field activities, (b) analytical work, and (c) draft and final reports
      should be established and agreed upon by the  participants.
                                 17

-------
 PROJECT PLAN DEVELOPMENT
      The project plan will serve as the basis for explaining inspection
 activities  and  scheduling  to  facility personnel  during  the  opening
 conference.  The company may be provided general details but should not be
 provided with a copy of the project plan; it is an internal  document and
 usually considered an enforcement confidential document.  (The  company
 may get a copy of the plan by court order.)  Because conditions in the field
 may not be as anticipated, the project plan is always subject to modification
 and so marked.  Any deviations from the plan should be well thought out,
 approved by the team  leader, and if appropriate, discussed with senior
 management or the laboratory (if monitoring/sampling  requirements
 change) and well documented.

 NOTIFICATIONS/SCHEDULING

      Notification of the inspection, normally by telephone, should be given
 to the facility unless the  inspection is to  be unannounced.  There are
 advantages  to both announced and unannounced inspections. Some of the
 advantages to announced inspections include assuring that the right people
 are available, the processes of interest are operating, and  the necessary
 documents are available.  A major consideration of announced inspections
 is that the company may be able to alter operations to conceal violations.
 Following the telephone notification, it may be  necessary to prepare a more
 formal notification letter or notification  form that is served when  entering
 the facility.

      If a letter is prepared, it should cite  the  appropriate  inspection
 authorities, the  general areas to be covered, and special  informational
 needs/requests. By citing broad EPA authorities, the investigation will not
 be restricted if investigators need to pursue additional areas  based on field
 observations. The notification should specify records to  be reviewed/
 collected/copied,  address safety/security  issues, and include  any questions
 that need answering to help facilitate the investigation.  These issues and
 questions  can also be addressed during a  reconnaissance  inspection, if
 desired, or  through  telephone  conversations with  appropriate facility
personnel.
                                  18

-------
 PROJECT PLAN DEVELOPMENT
       Typical information requested in a notification letter may include the
 following:

       •    Raw materials, imports, intermediates, products, byproducts,
            production levels

       •    Facility maps identifying  process  areas, discharge  and
            emission points, waste management and disposal sites

       •    Flow diagrams or descriptions of processes and waste control,
            treatment and disposal systems, showing where wastewater,
            air emission, and solid waste sources are located

       •    Description and design of pollution  control and treatment
            systems and normal operating parameters

       •    Operations and maintenance procedures and problems

       •    Self-monitoring reports and inventories  of discharges  and
            emissions

       •     Self-monitoring equipment in use, normal  operating levels,
            and available data

       •     Required plans, records, and reports

      Appendix H identifies specific documents/records by statute which
might be requested.  Each  regional office should decide if and when state
regulatory officials will be notified of the investigation  and who will make
the contact.  By reviewing State files, EPA will have, in effect, notified the
State of its intention to inspect this facility.  The State should be requested to
allow only EPA to notify the facility regarding the multi-media inspection.
If sampling is  anticipated, the laboratory should  be notified as soon as
possible, and informed as to when samples will arrive and the approximate
analytical work load. The project plan, which is reviewed  by  laboratory
personnel, should also identify analytical support required.

                                  19

-------
PROJECT PLAN DEVELOPMENT
      The investigation  should be scheduled at a time mutually agreed
upon by all participants. Sufficient  time should be allotted to conduct a
thorough investigation.  Appropriate  travel  arrangements should be made
as soon as possible.
                               20

-------
FIELD INSPECTION

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
      Once the project plan is completed, the team's focus shifts to the on-
 site portion of the investigation.  This section first addresses developing a
 site-specific inspection strategy for evaluating processes and regulated
 waste management activities, then discusses on-site activities from entry
 through the closing conference.

      The primary objectives  of the  field inspection  are to  determine
 whether the facility is complying with environmental regulations, permits,
 etc.,  and to determine if facility activities are creating environmental
 problems.  The investigation team should also determine if the facility has
 environmental management  controls in  place to maintain regulatory
 compliance  (i.e., a system for becoming aware of regulatory requirements,
 then implementing appropriate compliance actions)  and whether the
 controls are  working.   By satisfying these  objectives,  areas  of non-
 compliance, environmental problems, and insight into root causes can be
 identified during the investigation.  The information will be useful later in
 followup actions.

 DEVELOPING AN INSPECTION STRATEGY

      Inspection planning includes formulating a strategy to ensure that
 information is obtained from the company in a logical,  understandable
 manner. This applies to both the process and compliance evaluations, and
 the environmental management control  evaluation.   To formulate  an
 effective  strategy, knowledge of general facility  operations, waste
 management procedures, and applicable regulations is  critical.  Much of
 this information  should  have  been  obtained during the  background
information review and inspection reconnaissance.  This section  first
discusses strategy development, then presents an example.

      The process evaluation strategy to sequence inspections for major
facility operations and waste management activities may be based on:

      •      Facility factors such as  size,  complexity,  waste producing
            potential,  and waste characteristics
                                 21

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
       •     Administrative factors such  as  the priority of inspection
            objectives (i.e., which  compliance evaluations are  the  most
            important)

       •     Logistical factors such as  personnel availability, operating
            schedules, and assignment  schedules

       •     Constraints imposed by the company such as limitations on
            the number of inspection  teams that can operate  on-site
            concurrently

The final strategy usually involves prioritizing the processes and waste
management  activities,  in  consideration of  all  these  factors,  then
systematically  moving from the beginning to the end of a process  with
emphasis on regulated waste stream generation and final disposition.  The
strategy  should be somewhat flexible so that "mid-course corrections" can
be made.

      The compliance evaluations also need to be "sequenced" in  a  similar
manner  to progress,  generally,  from the most to  least time-consuming
regulatory program.   Personnel  training  and  availability,  and other
logistical factors  may result in  a combining  of compliance evaluations.
Figure 2 (Investigative Approach)  illustrates a  sequence  of compliance
evaluations where the initial focus was on RCRA, then CWA, etc.  RCRA is
often chosen as the initial law to focus on because of the close relationship
between  process evaluations and generator requirements.  A quick visual
inspection of hazardous waste storage areas and PCB transformers is often
conducted early in the inspection.   Compliance with regulatory programs
that principally involve records reviews, such as TSCA (Sections 5 and 8)
and EPCRA are usually scheduled later  in the inspection or elsewhere, as
time permits.
                                 22

-------
                                                      Figure 2
                                      Multi-Media Investigative Approach
Gather Background
   Information
                    Prepare
                     Project
                      Plan
                               Begin Facility
                               Inspections
                                            Obtain Process
                                           and Waste stream
                                              Information
                                                            RCRA
                                                                      CWA
                                                                                CAA
                                                             M
                                                                                         EPCRA
                                                                                                   Other
                                                                                                 Regulations
Complete Facility
   Inspection
                                                Sequence of Events
                                        (May vary based on inspection priorities)

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
      The strategy for  process  and compliance evaluations should  be
 developed by the project coordinator and discussed with inspection team
 members.  This will serve as the basis for explaining inspection activities
 and  scheduling to the company during  the  opening  conference,  as
 described below.

      The strategy may also  include  checklists.   Some may address
 potential process wastestreams  to be looked  for, while others may address
 media-specific compliance issues.  Checklists can be a vital component of a
 compliance investigation to  help ensure that an investigator does not
 overlook anything important.  Checklists serve as a reminder of what needs
 to be asked or examined and to help an investigator remember the basic
 regulatory requirements. They  can provide another means of documenting
 violations or supplying- background material to judge potential violations,
 however:

      •     An inspector must never fill out a checklist blindly or too
            mechanically. The  answers to the questions should not
            be based solely on what the facility representatives say,
            but also on what the investigator observes.

      •     Media-specific checklists  may be used and they may be
            completed by  the  lead investigator  for  each  given
            program, both during and after the facility tours and the
            document review phases.

      A list of media-specific checklists is presented in Appendix I.   Copies
of multi-media checklists are kept in a three-ring binder at NEIC.

      One of the unique benefits of the Category D approach with a cross-
trained team is that information obtained on processes, material and waste
movements,  and scale  of operations  can later  aid in focusing  other
program-specific compliance evaluations, such as TSCA (Sections 5 and 8)
and  EPCRA.   Like the project phases, the sequence  of process and
compliance evaluations should  not be considered as  discrete  steps to  be
completed,  in order.  Information obtained  during subsequent program-

                                 24

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
 specific evaluations  may  also provide  new  information regarding
 compliance in  a  program area already addressed or indicate a need  to
 inspect a process/support operation  not previously identified [Figure  3]
 This iterative process is pursued until the inspection objectives have been
 accomplished.

      At larger facilities, multiple site visits coordinated by the team leader
 may be necessary and desirable for completing the inspection.   This
 approach can lead to a better inspection because of the opportunity to  review
 information obtained in the office, then refine the inspection/strategy to "fill
 in the gaps" during a subsequent site visit.

      An inspection strategy example for a typical facility is presented
 below:
                 INSPECTION STRATEGY EXAMPLE

            1.    SITE OVERVIEW/PROCESS OVERVIEW
            2.    WINDSHIELD TOUR
            3.    SPLIT INTO TEAMS FOR DETAILED PROCESS
                 REVIEW AND PROCESS AND LABORATORY
                 INSPECTIONS
            4.    RECORD REVIEW PERIOD
            5.    FOLLOW-UP INTERVIEWS

After the opening conference to explain inspection activities, the company
would be requested to provide an overview of facility operations to the entire
team.   A  general "windshield"  site  tour usually follows the overview
presentation. Next, process operations would usually be described in some
detail;  the  order typically parallels the flow  of raw materials  and
intermediate products  toward  subsequent processes  and  the final
product(s).  During  these discussions,  waste  streams  and respective

-------
                                                          Figure 3
                                        Multi-Media Inspection Feedback Loops
                                                                                            Feedback Loops
                    Background/
                      Process
                     Information
                                         RCRA
ON
                                                  CWA
                                                           CAA
                                                                   TSCA
                                                                           EPCRA
                                                                                    Other
                                                                                  Regulations
                                                    Inspection Findings/Enforcement Options

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
 management  procedures  and related  control  equipment  should  be
 identified.

       Process inspections to verify the information presented and discover
 "missing" details are  then conducted.  These may be done after each
 process or group of processes is described.  The RCRA inspection begins
 while touring the processes  by identifying  any waste generation and
 accumulation areas.   The  presence  of wastewater sumps,  separators, or
 trap tanks in or near the process building may also result in initiating the
 CWA  inspection.*  The example plan indicates that the inspection team
 subdivided before proceeding with the detailed process descriptions.  This is
 because the  people gathering process information  were beginning some of
 the compliance evaluations; other team members could begin concurrent
 evaluations such as the laboratory inspection.

       Inspection of waste  management units  may  be interspersed with
 process inspections depending on their location and facility complexity; a
 primary consideration is the  logical flow of  information.  Logic or  the
 physical situation may dictate that  a waste'stream be followed to final
 disposition for a particular process. Time must  also be scheduled to review
 and copy relevant  records,  then for additional interviews  to  answer
 questions  about the records.

      The evaluation  of environmental management controls  is blended
into the process and compliance evaluations discussed above. Investigation
team  members should allow facility personnel to explain their operations
until the management system  is understood. Document the management
system with  narrative  notes, gather copies  of all  documents used in the
processes, and formulate  flowcharts to illustrate decision responsibilities,
accountabilities, and  process matrices.    Environmental regulations,
permits, etc., are the  standards, and the internal management systems
    The CWA regulates outfalls from wastewater treatment plants and other point
    discharges. If the sumps, separators, and trap tanks are used to manage hazardous
    waste, they may be exempt from RCRA if they discharge to an on-site treatment plant
    that has a CWA permit. Part of the CWA inspection, therefore, is identifying all
    treatment units related to the permitted (or unpermitted) outfall.
                                  27

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
 and procedures  are the controls established to direct  compliance  or
 conformance to the standards.

      The system  should be tested by  tracking information from the
 internal management systems through the regulated activity locations (i.e.,
 follow known events through entire processes).  For example, if a facility's
 environmental coordinator states that a particular waste analysis plan (a
 RCRA requirement) is being used at the facility, the investigation team
 would "test"  the system by verifying that personnel at the waste receiving
 station  and laboratory (1) had a copy of the plan, (2) were familiar with  it,
 and (3)  were  following it.

      Finally, continuing communication between  team members is a key
 to successful strategy implementation. The team leader should encourage
 daily team meetings (usually in  the evenings) to discuss findings and
 observations  made during the day.  Ensuing discussions may help to clarify
 any troublesome issues or open up new avenues  for investigation.

 CONDUCTING THE ON-SITE INSPECTION

      The field portion of a multi-media investigation involves entering the
 facility  and  conducting  an on-site inspection.  The following discusses
 several  key inspection activities including:  entering the facility,  conducting
 an  opening conference,  systematically gathering pertinent information
 while on-site, and discussing findings in a closing conference.

Entry

     Entry into a facility to conduct a multi-media inspection is usually a
 straightforward process  where the team  leader notifies a guard and/or
receptionist  that he/she wants to meet with the  designated  facility
environmental contact. The  environmental contact is notified and the team
                                  28

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
 is then escorted into  the facility to begin the inspection, usually with an
 opening conference, where credentials are officially presented.*

       Many facilities  request inspection team members sign a visitor's log
 or some other document that will provide a written list of inspectors to the
 company.  This is acceptable so long as there is no waiver of liability or
 restriction of  inspection  statements contained  on the  document being
 signed (check both sides of the paper for such statements, or the first page
 of a bound sign-in log).  Liability waivers must  not be  signed; signature
 documents containing any  statements that appear to  limit inspection
 activities  should  be first  discussed with Agency attorneys (if in doubt,
 consult), or sign in only on blank sheets.

       Occasionally, entry  is  denied,  usually in  situations where  the
 inspection is  unannounced or  enforcement action  is pending (e.g.,
 outstanding Notice   of  Violation,  ongoing  Administrative  Order
 negotiations, etc.).  Consequently, the team leader needs to know  how to
 deal with denial of entry situations.* Whenever entry consent is denied (or
 withdrawn during the course  of the inspection), the team leader  should
 explain the Agency authority to conduct the investigation and verify that the
 authority is understood by the facility representative. If the person persists
 in denying entry or withdrawing consent, the team leader needs to fully
 document the circumstances  and actions taken; this includes recording the
 name, title, and telephone number  of  the person  denying  entry or
 withdrawing consent.  Inspection team members must never make
 threatening remarks to facility personnel.  The team leader should then
 contact his/her supervisor and Agency legal counsel.

      If the team  leader suspects that a warrant will be necessary before
entry is  attempted,  then actions  to obtain a warrant (e.g., get  attorney
assigned to the project and prepare draft affidavits) should be initiated well
    In an unannounced inspection, it  may be  beneficial to immediately go to the
    regulated areas of concern (drum storage, etc.) to conduct an inspection before the
    facility has time to make changes.
    An attempt by the company to unreasonably limit legitimate team activities during
    the inspection is tantamount to denial of entry and should be treated as such.
                                  29

-------
FIELD INSPECTION
in advance to minimize the time between arrival at the facility and entry.*
This would lessen the opportunity for the facility to take drastic, last-minute
corrective  actions  (e.g., improve "housekeeping")  and thereby give the
investigators a  false impression.  If a  warrant becomes necessary, it is
obtained from a local magistrate or judge; an EPA special  agent, a Federal
Marshal, or sheriff will be needed to serve the warrant.  The team leader
must be familiar  with the warrant provisions and be  aware  of both
opportunities and constraints imposed on the investigation.

Opening Conference

      The  opening conference is held to advise facility personnel of the
investigation objectives,  and  to   discuss  logistics and scheduling of
inspection  activities.  An  important aspect of this meeting is  to  set the
"proper tone" with facility personnel  (i.e., encourage  cooperation).  A
typical conference agenda includes:

      •     Introduction of investigators and presentation of credentials
            (be  prepared to cite  investigation authorities - Appendix J)

      •     Description of investigation objectives:

            The investigation objectives have been generally identified in
            the project plan; however, the project plan should not be shown
            to the company. As noted earlier, this is an internal document
            and not to be released  by the  field investigation team to the
            company.  Additionally, during the discussion of investigation
            objectives, the  investigators should take care not to limit the
            investigation if as  a result of their findings, a  new objective
            becomes apparent.
    A warrant is only one of several legal vehicles that should be considered.  A TSCA
    subpoena, issued to a high-ranking corporate official, was used successfully in one
    instance as a vehicle to gain consensual entry; the limitations imposed by a warrant
    were avoided.
                                   30

-------
FIELD INSPECTION
           The  purpose of identifying the investigation objectives to the
           company is to enable the company to identify what people and
           what documents are necessary to assist in the investigation.

           Description of investigation procedures and personnel needed
           (develop schedule of events)

           Let  the  management  know  approximately how  long the
           investigation will take so they can assist  with the  least
           interruption of their regular schedules.  This  is often as long
           as it takes until we get the information requested from the
           facility.

           While the government has a right to inspect at any time during
           normal working hours,  it  is  appropriate to  give  some
           consideration to the needs of the facility.  For example, perhaps
           giving  company personnel one half hour  in the morning to get
           their business  in order would be beneficial  and would win
           "good will" for the investigators.

           Presentation of inspection notices/forms

           Discussion of prospective sampling and whether  company
           splits will be made available

           Discussion of  safety  issues  including the  company's safety
           requirements [Appendix F]

           The  government investigators  may  not have the  same
           restraints as facility personnel.  However, it is prudent to
           determine what safety requirements the facility personnel
           have to follow and to follow those if they are more stringent
           than the  government requirements.  Of particular importance
           is to determine  emergency  signals and escape routes if a plant
           emergency occurs.  Commonly,  investigators may  attend  a
           short safety briefing  and be asked to sign that they attended
                                 31

-------
FIELD INSPECTION
           that briefing. It is all right to sign an acknowledgement that a
           safety briefing was attended; it is  not all right  to agree to
           anything else or to relinquish any rights  CHECK  WITH THE
           GOVERNMENT   ATTORNEYS IF  THERE  ARE   ANY
           QUESTIONS.

           Discussion on how photographs will be taken

           Photographs  are  used to prepare a thorough  and accurate
           investigation report, as evidence in enforcement proceedings
           and  to explain conditions found at the plant.  The facility,
           however, may object to the use of cameras in their  facility and
           on their property.  If a mutually acceptable solution cannot be
           reached and photographs  are considered essential  to the
           investigation, Agency supervisory and legal staff should  be
           contacted for advice.

           Facility personnel may also request that photographs  taken
           during the visitation  be considered confidential, and the
           Agency is obliged  to comply, pending further legal  determina-
           tion.   Self-developing film, although often of less satisfactory
           quality, is useful  in these situations.   A facility may refuse
           permission to take photographs unless they can see the fin-
           ished print.  Duplicate photographs  (one for the investigator
           and the other for the facility) should satisfy this need.  When
           taking photographs considered TSCA Confidential Business
           Information (CBI), self-developing film  eliminates  processing
           problems; otherwise, the film processor  must also have TSCA
           CBI clearance.  Note, however, that  some self-developing film
           may contain disposable negatives which must also be handled
           in accordance with the TSCA CBI requirements.  Giving the
           facility the option  of developing the film may resolve national
           defense security problems when self-developing film  is not
           satisfactory.
                                32

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
            Photographs must be fully documented, following procedures
            for handling evidentiary materials [Appendix K].

       •     Arrangement for document availability and copying

            The Federal statutes provide broad authorities for document
            review and copying.  If the investigators decide that documents
            need to be copied, then the investigators should either attempt
            to use the facility's copier, paying a fee if necessary, or come
            equipped with a portable copier (Note:  renting a portable copier
            from  a  local  business  store  often  requires  advance
            reservations).  A company's  refusal to provide documents or
            refusal to allow copying can be considered similar to a denial of
            entry  [note that  the  company is NOT required  to  copy
            documents for the government without a court order; refusal to
            copy even with payment is not the same as refusal to provide
            the documents].  The investigators  should note the refusal in
            log books (including names,  titles, and times) and continue
            with the on-site inspection.   At the earliest  possible time,
            supervisors and Federal attorneys should be consulted.

      •     Company provides overview of facility operations

            This provides an opportunity  for  investigators to learn process
            operations and to initially identify waste sources.

      At the conclusion  of the  opening conference, information gathering
activities begin in earnest. As discussed  in preceding inspection strategy
section, the next steps may include:

      •     A general "windshield" tour of the facility
      •     Split  into  teams, according to media  and process/waste
            management responsibilities
      •     Process and laboratory inspections
      •     Record/document review
      •     Follow-up interviews

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
 General Facility Tour

      The purpose of the general facility tour is to provide investigation
 team members an  "on the ground"  orientation and to identify/verify
 activities requiring further evaluation.  The team leader should compile a
 i  c of "must see" items, based on the background information review and
 information obtained during the facility operations overview portion of the
 opening conference.  These could include key process/operations, waste
 management areas, and areas where  suspected violations are occurring.
 The facility tour (attended by all team members)  should include these
 items; whether facility personnel are provided the specific list depends on
 whether the company could potentially hide or correct violations.  It may be
 prudent to present the list of specific items in terms of general plant areas
 to be toured.

      The facility tour must  be  properly  structured and knowledgeable
 facility  personnel must accompany the investigators.  The route taken may
 be dictated by facility layout, but material flow should be followed, to the
 extent possible.  The tour should include, as a minimum,  raw material
 storage   facilities, manufacturing areas,  and waste  management units.
 Team members need  to be constantly alert for operations,  processes,
 materials, and waste management activities not previously identified.  If a
 potentially significant operation, unit,  or activity (e.g.,  a waste spill) is
 observed, "stop the bus" and take a closer look. Any regulatory violations
 should be properly documented at that time.

      The general site tour is also a good time to document conditions with
 photographs.

 Process/Waste Management Evaluation
             4
      Once the general  site tour is completed,  the investigation team may
 split into smaller units (usually two, sometimes three) that focus on the
 detailed process evaluations, specific media compliance, or other activities
 such as  laboratory inspection and sample collection.  This allows one team
to gather process information  and begin the compliance  evaluation while
                                  34

-------
FIELD INSPECTION
another team begins concurrent evaluations; all investigators should be
watching for potential problems in all  media and possible  regulatory
implications throughout the investigation.

      Two key  techniques  are employed  during  this part  of the
investigation:  interviews and visual observations.  Investigators should
employ good interviewing techniques so that the necessary information can
be clearly and accurately obtained from  facility personnel.  Appendix K
gives interviewing techniques.  Investigators should ask probing questions
but never leading questions. Often, the investigator is required to rephrase
questions and ask them many times until he/she gets a satisfactory and
consistent answer. Body language should also be observed for clues that the
facility representative is hedging or that the investigator is starting to key in
on a particularly sensitive subject. The investigator should always  write
down unexpected questions  that occur to  him/her, especially in situations
where these questions cannot be asked promptly.  Special care should be
taken so that  one investigator does not answer another investigator's
questions. If the question is posed to a company official, the official should
answer even if another investigator knows the answer.

      Questioning Facility Personnel

      How you ask a question can be more important than the question
itself.  Try not  to give a possible answer when  asking  a question.  For
example, the following are poor ways to phrase a question:

      •    "You don't have any toxic materials around here, do you?"
      •    "There aren't any buried drums on your property, are there?"
      •    "You have all the necessary records, don't you?"
      •    "Your SPCC plan is up to date, isn't it?"

      The following questions are better:

      •    "What kinds of material do you handle?"
      •    "Are there any materials buried on your property?"
      •    "Where do you keep the 	 records?"
                                 35

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
       •     "May I see your SPCC plan?" (Then ask an employee about the
            procedure mentioned in it to verify its application.)

      A conclusive question and follow up is often overlooked and taken for
 granted; however, it is the meat of the inquiry.  Without the affirmation of a
 direct answer to the question at issue, the previous questions were of little
 value.

      Sometimes it is useful to convey the impression that you are there  to
 learn about a facility or its operations and are going to ask a lot of basic
 questions.  This type of "help me learn" attitude will often allow a better line
 of questioning and more persistence when  things  become unclear or
 contradictory. Generally ask open-ended questions first and then clarifying
 questions  as necessary.

      Knowledgeable process personnel are  usually  not  used to  being
 interviewed, so it is necessary to operate, initially, in their "comfort  zone."
 They should be asked to describe the process in some detail; the order
 typically parallels the flow of raw materials  and intermediate products
 toward subsequent  processes  and the final  product(s).  During  these
 discussions, waste streams and respective  management procedures  and
 related control equipment should be identified.  Clarifying questions should
 focus on  raw material/intermediate movements and waste streams
 produced.

      Specifically, information should be obtained on where/how waste is
 produced,  production rates and cycles,  spillage or  other emissions,
 housekeeping, floor  drains/outlets, waste products, waste minimization,
 waste mixing/dilution, recent or anticipated modifications, etc.  Areas of
 waste management, treatment, and  disposal  should also  be addressed.
 Major items of interest include waste spillage/leaks/discharges, how the
 facility differentiates regulated waste from unregulated waste, physical
 condition of pollution control equipment, units out of service, operation  and
maintenance  issues, diversions, bypasses  and  overflows,  emergency
response capabilities, safety, secondary containment, overloads, waste
residuals management,  and self-monitoring procedures.

                                 36

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
       Questions  should  also  be  asked  about  the  environmental
 management  program at the facility.  Process personnel should explain
 how they become aware of environmental regulatory requirements  and
 what  support they get in taking required compliance actions.  Probing
 follow-up questions  may be  asked to determine  corporate policy toward
 regulatory  compliance.   Documenting recalcitrant behavior  may have
 major ramifications in Agency follow-up actions.

       Process inspections are  then conducted to verify the information
 presented and discover/discuss "missing" details. These may be done after
 each process or group of processes is described. Inspection of waste man-
 agement units may be interspersed with process inspections, depending on
 their location and facility complexity; a primary consideration is the logical
 flow of information.  Time must also be scheduled to review and copy rele-
 vant records, and then for additional interviews to answer questions about
 the records.

 Document Reviews

      Before the field investigation begins, each team member should know
 which  reports/records he/she will be responsible for reviewing.  These may
 include  inspection  logs,  annual  documents, operating  reports, self-
 monitoring  procedures  and  data, spill  clean-up  reports,  manifests,
 notifications/certifications, emergency response plans, training records,
 etc. However, some on-the-spot decisions may have to be made in situations
 where  unexpected information becomes available.  The investigator should
 not limit review to documents specified during the notification or  opening
 conference.

      The document review should include determining whether (1) facility
 personnel have prepared and maintained the required documents, (2)  the
 documents contain all necessary information, (3) the documents have been
prepared on time, (4) the documents have been distributed to all necessary
parties, and (5) document information is consistent  by cross-checking
information recorded on more  than one  document.   Document reviews
should be done systematically.  The  investigator should always  plan to

                                 37

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
 make copies of documents that cannot be reviewed on-site, or are vitally
 important in documenting or describing a potential violation.  The use of a
 portable copier should be considered to expedite this procedure.

 Sampling

      Sampling and sample analysis  may be  necessary to document
 noncompliance.   Normally,  grab samples  that  are  representative  and
 collected by acceptable methods will suffice unless a permit or other legally
 enforceable  document specifies a  composite sample (Appendix M presents
 an example  of a sampling guideline to be used in conjunction with detailed
 SOPs).  Samples taken to identify noncompliance with permit requirements
 must be  collected  and  analyzed  consistent  with  facility permit
 requirements. Sampling should be considered when the investigator feels
 that sampling would strengthen a potential enforcement case or help
 document a potential violation or establish  that a facility is subject to
regulation.   Some situations that may require sampling are:

      •      Sampling requested  by program office  (e.g.,  CWA/NPDES
            Compliance  Sampling  Inspection,  RCRA  Compliance
            Monitoring Evaluation)

      •      Leaking drums, tanks, transformers, other containers holding
            hazardous waste, other toxic materials, or  other unexpected or
            improper releases to the environment

      •      Unknown waste is found

      •      Facility's waste analysis data is questionable

      •      Potential waste misclassification problem is suspected

      •      Suspicious looking stains or discoloration in waste  production/
            management areas are unexplained

     •     Unpermitted discharges are found

                                 38

-------
 FIELD INSPECTION
       •     Permitted discharges have a particularly bad  appearance or
             need to be characterized for toxicity/compliance

       •     Stormwater runoff is suspected of being contaminated

       •     Receiving waters/sediments  are  likely  to  contain  toxic/
             hazardous pollutants

       •     Contaminated  sludges  or other waste  residuals are  being
             improperly disposed

 Closing Conference

      The primary  purpose of the closing  conference is to provide an
 opportunity  for the investigators to discuss preliminary  findings with
 facility representatives, including any potential violations or problems that
 are uncovered during the investigation.  Judgment must be exercised in
 deciding what findings are presented and  how they are represented to
 facility personnel. Nearly any finding can be discussed if it is presented in
 the right context.  However, the less certain the team leader is about a
 specific violation or issue, the more reason not to discuss it  at the closing
 conference.   In any  case, the investigators  must  clearly state that
 information  provided  during  the  closing conference is preliminary and
 may change, as a  result of additional  review.  Pollution prevention
 strategies can also be discussed.

      Another important purpose of the closing conference is  to resolve any
 outstanding  questions or issues and  verify information.   Questions or
 outstanding information requests  that cannot  be resolved in the  closing
 conference should be  compiled into a written,  agreed upon document,
 which is provided to facility representatives  before the investigation team
leaves the facility, if possible. Each question or information request should
be uniquely numbered in this document. Subsequently provided responses
should be referenced to the specific request.
                                 39

-------
FIELD INSPECTION
      Some additional paperwork may need to be completed during the
closing  conference.  This would include signing appropriate inspection
forms such as receipt for samples or documents received and declaration of
TSCA CBI or  the  issuance of field citations.  Multi-media investigators
must be  CBI-cleared before  they  accept  any  company TSCA CBI
information.

      Finally, the team leader should be prepared to discuss with facility
personnel how  and when a copy of the final inspection  report  can be
obtained (e.g., a FOIA request, etc.).

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION
PROCEDURES
                    RCRA
                   H CWA
                   H CERCLA
                   IZ ETC

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
      Presented here,  are many of the significant  tasks that must be
included in each of the media specific inspections.  Sample collection and
inspection checklists  are addressed elsewhere in this manual (Appendix I
lists media specific checklists).  Media discussed include hazardous waste,
water,  air,  drinking water, toxic  substances, pesticides, as  well as
emergency planning/community right-to-know and  Superfund issues.
General information on each Act is covered in Appendix A.

RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT (RCRA)

Basic Program

      The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 is the
primary statute regulating the management and disposal of municipal and
industrial solid and hazardous wastes. In 1984, RCRA was amended by the
Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) and  in 1988 by the
Medical Waste Tracking Act (Subpart J of RCRA). The principal objectives
of RCRA, as amended, are:

      •    Promoting  the  protection  of human health  and   the
           environment from potential adverse effects of improper  solid
           and hazardous waste management

      •    Conserving material and  energy resources  through waste
           recycling and recovery

      •    Reducing or eliminating the generation of hazardous waste as
           expeditiously as possible

      The RCRA program consists of four  waste management  sub-
programs designed to meet the Congressional objectives:  (1)  Subtitle D -
Solid Wastes, (2) Subtitle  C  - Hazardous  Wastes, (3)  Subtitle  I  -
                                41

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

 Underground Storage Tanks (UST), and (4)  Subtitle J - Medical Wastes.
 This section discusses evaluating compliance under Subtitles C, I, and J.*

 Subtitle C. Hazardous Wastes

      Evaluating Compliance

      Under Subtitle C, hazardous  wastes  are  subject to  extensive
 regulations  on  generation,  transportation,  storage, treatment,  and
 disposal.  A manifest system tracks shipments of hazardous wastes from
 the generator until ultimate disposal. This "cradle to grave" management
 is implemented through regulations and permits.

      The investigator must clearly identify investigation objectives,  the
 RCRA regulatory authority (or authorities) with jurisdiction, and establish
 the facility status under RCRA.  RCRA investigations may be performed for
 several reasons, including:

      •     Assessing RCRA compliance with regulations  and permits
      •     Reviewing compliance status with respect to an administrative
            enforcement action
      •     Reviewing compliance with deadlines in a facility permit
      •     Responding to alleged violations and/or complaints
      •     Supporting case  development

      The regulatory agencies with RCRA authority may  be EPA, a
designated  State  agency  with full or partial  authority,  local  agencies
working with the State, or a combination of the three.

      In determining the facility  status under RCRA, the investigator
must decide whether  the facility is  a generator, transporter, and/or

*   TL
    The waste management programs are presented  here out of alphabetical sequence
    because Subtitle D contains the definition of "solid waste" which  is helpful  in
    understanding hazardous  wastes in  Subtitle C. Hazardous wastes are a subset of
    solid wastes. Subtitle C hazardous wastes are defined specifically in Title 40 of the
    Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 261.

                                  42

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

 treatment, storage, and disposal facility (TSDF), and whether the facility is
 permitted or has interim status.  Generally, EPA Regional and State offices
 maintain files for the facility to be inspected. Information may include:

      •     A summary of names, titles, locations, and phone numbers of
            responsible persons involved in the hazardous waste program

      •     A list of wastes that are treated, stored, and disposed and how
            each is managed (for TSDFs)

      •     A list of wastes  generated,  their origins,  and accumulation
            areas (for generators)

      •     Biennial, annual, or other reports required by RCRA and
            submitted to  the  regulatory  agencies; these  include any
            required monitoring reports

      •     A detailed map or  plot plan showing the facility layout and
            location(s) of waste  management areas

            The facility RCRA Notification Form (Form 8700-12)

      •     The RCRA Part A Permit Application (for TSDFs)

      •     The RCRA Part B Permit Application (for TSDFs, if applicable)

      •     The RCRA permit (for TSDFs, if applicable)

      •     Notifications and/or certifications for land disposal restrictions
            (for generators)

      Generators

      Hazardous waste generators are regulated under  40 CFR Parts 262
and 268.  These regulations contain requirements for:
                                 43

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Obtaining an EPA Identification number
      •     Determining whether a waste is hazardous
      •     Managing wastes before shipment
      •     Accumulating and storing hazardous wastes
      •     Manifesting waste shipments
      •     Recordkeeping and Reporting
      •     Restricting wastes from land disposal (also regulated  under
            Part 268)

The generator regulations  vary, depending upon the volume of hazardous
wastes generated.  The investigator must  determine which regulations
apply.  Additionally, the investigator should do the following:

      •     Verify that the generator has an EPA Identification Number
            which is used on all required  documentation  (e.g. reports,
            manifests, etc.)

      •     Confirm that  the volume  of hazardous wastes generated is
            consistent with  reported volumes.   Examine the processes
            generating the wastes to show  that all  generated hazardous
            wastes  have been identified.   Look  for improper mixing or
            dilution.

      •     Ascertain how the  generator determines/documents that a
           waste is  hazardous.  Check  to see wastes are properly
           classified. Collect samples, if necessary.

      •     Determine whether pre-transport requirements  are satisfied,
           including those for packaging,  container condition, labeling
           and marking, and placarding.

      •     Determine the length of time that hazardous wastes are  being
           stored or accumulated.   Storage  or  accumulation for  more
           than 90 days requires a permit. Generators  storing for less
           than  90 days  must  comply with requirements outlined in
           40 CFR 262.34.
                                 44

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Verify  RCRA reports and supporting  documentation  for
            accuracy,  including inspection  logs,  biennial  reports,
            exception  reports,  and  manifests  (with  land  disposal
            restriction notifications/certifications).

      •     Watch for accumulation areas which are in use but have  not
            been identified by the generator. Note:  Some authorized State
            regulations  do not have  provisions for "satellite storage"
            accumulation areas.

      •     Determine whether a generator has the required contingency
            plan and emergency procedures, whether the plan is complete,
            and if the generator follows the plan/procedures.

      •     Determine  whether hazardous  waste  storage areas comply
            with applicable requirements.

      Transporters

      Hazardous waste  transporters  (e.g.,  by truck,  ship, or rail) are
regulated under 40 CFR Part 263, which contains requirements for:

      •     Obtaining an EPA identification number
      •     Manifesting hazardous waste shipments
      •     Recordkeeping and reporting
      •     Sending bulk shipments (by water, rail)

      Storage regulations apply if accumulation times at transfer stations
are exceeded.   Transporters importing hazardous wastes,  or  mixing
hazardous  wastes of different Department  of Transportation (DOT)
shipping descriptions in  the same  container, are classified as  generators
and must comply with 40 CFR Parts 262 and 268. Investigators evaluating
transporter compliance should do the following:

      •     Verify that the transporter has  an  EPA identification number
           which is  used on all required documentation (e.g., manifests)

                                 45

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
                                                   »

      •    Determine whether hazardous waste containers  stored at a
           transfer facility meet DOT pre-transport requirements

      •    Determine how long containers have been stored at a transfer
           facility. Storage over 10 days makes the transporter subject to
           storage requirements

      •    Verify whether the transporter is maintaining recordkeeping
           and  reporting documents, including manifests,  shipping
           papers (as required), and discharge  reports.  All required
           documents should be both present and complete

      Treatment. Storage, and Disposal Facilities

      Permitted and  interim status TSDFs are regulated under 40 CFR
Parts 264 and 265, respectively. [Part 264 applies only if the facility has a
RCRA permit (i.e., a permitted facility); Part 265 applies if the facility does
not  have a  RCRA  permit (i.e., an interim status facility)].  These
requirements include  three  categories  of  regulations consisting of
administrative requirements,  general standards,  and specific standards
(see Table on following page). The investigator should  do the following
items to determine compliance  with Subparts A through E:

      •     Verify that the TSDF has an EPA identification number which
           is used on all required documentation.

      •     Determine what hazardous wastes are accepted at the facility,
           how they are verified and how they are managed.

      •     Compare wastes managed at the facility with those listed in
           the Hazardous Waste Activity Notification (Form 8700-12); the
           Parts  A and B permit applications; and any  revisions, and/or
           the permit.
                                 46

-------
                                                          Table
Administrative/
nontechnical
requirements
(Subparts A-E)
                                            PERMITTED vs. INTERIM STATUS
                                          RCRA REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
                        Permitted Facility Regulations
                        40 CFR Part 264
 Applicability
 Facility standards
    Applicability
    EPA identification number
    Required notices
    General waste analysis
    Security
    General inspection requirements
    Personnel training
    General requirements for ignitable,
    reactive, or incompatible wastes
    Location standards
 Preparedness and prevention
 Contingency plan and emergency procedures
 Manifests and recordkeeping
                                                                         40
                                                     Interim Status Regulations
                                                 CFR Part 265
 Applicability
 Facility standards
    Applicability
    EPA identification number
    Required notices
    General waste analysis
    Security
    General inspection requirements
    Personnel training
    General requirements for ignitable,
    reactive,  or incompatible wastes
    Location  standards
 Preparedness and prevention
 Contingency  plan and emergency procedures
 Manifests and recordkeeping
General standards
(Subparts F-H)
Release from solid waste management units
Closure/post closure requirements
Groundwater monitoring requirements
Closure/post-closure requirements
Specific standards
(Subparts I-R)
(Part 264, Subparts I-
O, X, AA, and BB)
(Part 265, Subparts I-
R, AA, BB)
Containers
Tanks
Surface impoundments
Waste piles
Land treatment
Landfills
Incinerators
Miscellaneous  units
Air emission standards for process vents
Air emission standards for equipment leaks
Containers
Tanks
Surface impoundments
Waste piles
Land treatment
Landfills
Incinerators
Thermal treatment
Chemical, physical, and biological treatment
Underground injection
Miscellaneous units
Air emission standards for process vents
Air emission standards for equipment leaks

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •     Verify that the TSDF has and is following a waste analysis
            plan kept at the facility; inspect the plan contents.

       •     Identify and inspect security measures and equipment.

       •     Review inspection logs  to  ensure they are  present and
            complete.  Note problems and corrective measures.

       •     Review training documentation to ascertain  that  required
            training has been given to employees.

       •     Inspect waste  management areas to  determine  whether
            reactive,  ignitable, and  incompatible wastes  are  handled
            pursuant  to requirements.

       •     Review preparedness and prevention practices and inspect
            related equipment.

      •     Review contingency plans; examine emergency equipment and
            documented arrangements with local authorities.

      •     Examine  the waste tracking system and  associated record-
            keeping/reporting requirements.   Required documentation
            includes  manifests and  biennial  reports, and may include
            unmanifested  waste  reports, and  spill/release  reports.
            Relevant documents may include on-site waste tracking forms.

      •     Verify that the operating record is complete according to
            40 CFR 264.73 or 265.73.

The investigator can determine compliance with standards in Subparts F
through H by doing the following items:

      •     For  permitted  facilities,  verify  compliance  with permit
            standards with respect to groundwater monitoring,  releases
                                48

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

           from solid waste management units, closure/post-closure, and
           financial requirements (Part 264).

      •     For interim status facilities required to monitor groundwater,
           determine what kind of monitoring program applies.

      •     Depending on the type of investigation, examine the following
           items to determine compliance:

                 Characterization ,of site hydrogeology
                 Sampling and analytical records
                 Statistical methods used to compare analytical data
                 Analytical methods
                 Compliance with reporting requirements and schedules
                 Sampling and analysis plan (for  content, completeness,
                 and if it is being followed)
                 Condition, maintenance, and operation of monitoring
                 equipment, including wellheads,  field instruments, and
                 sampling materials
                 Construction/design of monitoring system
                 Assessment monitoring outline and/or plan
                 Corrective action plan (permitted  facilities)

     •     For waste management units that undergo closure, review the
           closure plan (including amendments and modifications), plan
           approval,  closure  schedule,  and  facility and  regulatory
           certifications.  Examine response actions  to any  release of
           hazardous waste  constituents from  a  closed  or  closing
           regulated unit.

     •     For waste management  units in post closure care,  inspect
           security measures, groundwater  monitoring and  reporting,
           and the  maintenance and monitoring  of waste containment
           systems.

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Verify that the owner/operator has  demonstrated financial
            assurance regarding closure.

      The  technical standards in Part 264  (Subparts I through 0 and X)
and Part 265 (Subparts I  through R) govern  specific  hazardous waste
management units used for storage, disposal,  or treatment (e.g., tanks,
landfills, incinerators).  Standards for chemical, physical, and biological
treatment  at permitted facilities under Part 264  have been incorporated
under Miscellaneous Units, Subpart  X.*  The investigator should do the
following:

      •      Identify all hazardous waste  management  areas and  the
            activity at each; compare the areas identified in the field with
            those listed in the permit or permit application, as appropriate.
            Investigate  disparities  between  actual practice  and  the
            information submitted to  regulatory  agencies.

      •      Verify that the owner/operator is complying with applicable
            design, installation, and integrity standards; field-check  the
            design, condition, and operation of  waste management areas
            and equipment.

      •      Determine how incompatible wastes and ignitable or reactive
            wastes  are managed.

      •      Verify that the owner/operator  is conducting self-inspections
            where and  when  required; determine what the inspections
            include.

      •      Identify and inspect  required containment  facilities  for
            condition and capacity; identify leak detection facilities.
    The regulations governing miscellaneous units are intended to address technologies
    that were difficult to fit into the framework  of prior regulations.  Miscellaneous
    units,  defined in  40 CFR 260.10,  include but are  not  limited to: open
    burning/detonation areas, thermal treatment  units, deactivated missile silos, and
    geologic repositories.
                                 50

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Determine whether hazardous waste releases have occurred
            and how the owner/operator responds to leaks and spills.

      •     Verify that the owner/operator is complying with additional
            waste analysis and trial test requirements, where applicable.

      •     Check the closure/post-closure procedures for specific waste
            management units (e.g., surface impoundments, waste piles,
            etc.) for regulatory compliance.

      •     For landfills, determine how the owner/operator manages bulk
            and contained liquids.

      •     Field-check security and access to  waste management units.

      •     Determine what are the facility monitoring requirements (for
            air emissions, groundwater, leak  detection, instrumentation,
            equipment, etc.) and inspect monitoring facilities and records.

      When inspecting land treatment facilities, the investigator  should
also review the following items:

      •      Soil monitoring methods and analytical data

      •      Comparisons between  soil  monitoring data  and background
            concentrations of  constituents in untreated soils to  detect
            migration of hazardous wastes

      *     Waste analyses done to determine toxicity, the concentrations
           of hazardous waste constituents, and, if food-chain crops are
           grown on the  land, the concentrations of arsenic,  cadmium,
           lead,  and mercury.  The concentrations  must be  such  that
           hazardous waste constituents can be degraded,  transformed,
           or immobilized by treatment

      •     Run-on and run-off management systems

                                 51

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      When evaluating compliance of interim status incinerator facilities,
 the investigator also should review and/or inspect the following items:

      •     Waste analyses done to enable the owner/operator to establish
            steady  state operating  conditions and to determine the
            pollutant which might be emitted

      •     General procedures for operating the incinerator during start-
            up and shut-down

      •     Operation of equipment monitoring combustion and emissions
            control, monitoring schedules, and data output

      •     The incinerator and associated equipment

      For permitted incinerators,  the  investigator must  evaluate the
incinerator  operation against specific  permit requirements for  waste
analysis,  performance  standards, operating requirements, monitoring,
and inspections. The investigator also should do the following:

      •     Verify that the incinerator burns only wastes specified in the
           permit

      •     Verify methods to control fugitive emissions

      •     Determine waste  management practices for burn residue and
           ash

      The investigator evaluating  compliance of thermal  treatment
facilities in interim status also should review the following items:

      •     General operating requirements, to verify whether steady state
           operating conditions are achieved, as required
                                 52

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •     Waste  analysis records, to ensure that (a) the wastes are
            suitable for thermal treatment, and (b) the required analyses
            in Part 265.375 have been performed

 Thermal treatment facilities permitted under 40 CFR Part 264 Subpart X
 will have specific permit requirements.

      The investigator evaluating compliance  of chemical, physical, and
 biological treatment facilities in interim status also should do the following:

      •     Determine the general operating procedures.

      •     Review the waste analysis records and methods to determine if
            the procedures are sufficient to comply with 40 CFR 265.13.

      •     Review trial treatment test methods and records to determine
            if the  selected treatment  method  is  appropriate  for the
            particular waste.

      •     Examine procedures for treating ignitable,  reactive, and
            incompatible  wastes  for  compliance with  Subpart  Q
            requirements.

Chemical, physical,  and  biological treatment  facilities  permitted under
Subpart X will have specific permrt requirements.

      Owners/operators of  TSDFs must also  comply with air emission
standards contained in Subparts AA and  BB of 40 CFR Parts 264 and 265.
These subparts establish standards for equipment containing or contacting
hazardous wastes with organic concentrations of at least 10%.   This
equipment includes:

      •    Process vents
      •    Pumps in light liquid service
      •    Compressors
      •    Sampling connecting systems

                                 53

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •     Open-ended valves or lines
       •     Valves in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service
       •     Pumps and  valves  in heavy liquid service,  pressure  relief
             devices in light liquid or heavy liquid service, and flanges and
             other connections

 Total organic emissions from  process  vents  must  be  reduced below
 1.4 kg/hr and 2.8 Mg/yr.  The  other equipment types above must be marked
 and monitored routinely to detect leaks.  Repairs must be initiated within
 15 days of discovering the leak.

      The  facility  operating   record  should  contain  information
 documenting compliance with the air emission standards.  A complete list
 of required information  is in 40 CFR 264.1035, 264.1064, 265.1035, and
 265.1064.   Permitted facilities must submit  semiannual reports to the
 Regional Administrator outlining which valves and compressors were not
 fixed during the preceding 6 months.  The  investigator can do the following
 things:

      •     Visually inspect the equipment for marking.
      •     Review documentation in the operating record and cross-check
            this  information with that submitted to  the Regional
            Administrator in  semiannual  reports.

      Land Disposal Restrictions

      Land disposal restrictions (LDR)  in 40  CFR Part 268 are  phased
regulations prohibiting  land  disposal* of hazardous  wastes unless the
waste meets applicable  treatment  standards [Appendix  N].**  The
*   Land disposal includes, but is not limited to, placement in a landfill, surface
    impoundment, waste pile, injection well, land treatment facility, salt dome
    formation, salt bed formation, underground mine or cave, or placement in a concrete
    vault or bunker intended for disposal purposes.
**   Treatment standards are in 40 CFR 268.40 through 43.
                                  54

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

treatment standards  are expressed as (1) contaminant concentrations in
the extract or total waste, or (2) specified technologies.

      Notifications and certifications comprise  the majority of required
LDR documentation.  Notifications tell the treatment or storage facility the
appropriate treatment standards and any prohibition levels (California List
wastes) that apply to the waste. Certifications are signed statements telling
the treatment or storage facility that the waste already meets the applicable
treatment standards and prohibition levels.

      The regulations divide hazardous wastes into restricted waste groups
and apply a compliance schedule of different effective dates  for each group
(40 CFR 268, Appendix VII).

      Investigators  evaluating  hazardous  waste generators for  LDR
compliance should do  the following:

      •    Determine whether the generator produces restricted wastes;
           review how/if the generator determines a waste is restricted.

      •    Review documentation/data used to support the determination
           that a waste is restricted, based solely on knowledge.

      •    Learn how/if a generator determines the  waste treatment
           standards and/or disposal technologies.

      •    Verify  whether the  generator  satisfies documentation,
           recordkeeping,  notification, certification,  packaging,  and
           manifesting requirements.

      •     Ascertain whether the generator is or might become a TSDF
           and subject to additional requirements.

      •     Determine who  completes and signs LDR notifications  and
           certifications and where these documents are kept.
                                 55

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Review the waste analysis plan if the generator is treating a
            prohibited* waste in tanks or containers.

      Investigators evaluating TSDFs should do the following:

      •     Ensure the TSDF is  complying with generator recordkeeping
            requirements  when  residues   generated  from  treating
            restricted wastes are manifested off-site.

      •     Verify whether the treatment standards have been achieved for
            particular wastes prior to disposal.

      •     Review documentation required for  storage,  treatment,  and
            land disposal; documentation may include waste analyses  and
            results, waste analysis  plans, and generator and treatment
            facility notifications and certifications.

Subtitle I - Underground Storage Tanks (USTs)

      Evaluating Compliance

      Three basic methods are used to  determine compliance in most
inspections:  (1)'Interviews of facility personnel, (2) visual/field observa-
tions, and (3) document review.   Because the tanks are located  under-
ground, visual/field observations have limited application in determining
compliance  for USTs.  The UST  program relies heavily on the  use of
documents to track the status and  condition of any particular tank.

      Interviews with facility personnel are  an important starting point
when determining  compliance  with  any  environmental regulation.
Questions regarding how the facility is handling its UST program will give
the inspector insight into the types of violations that may be found. Topics to
be covered in the interview include:
*   Prohibitions on land disposal are explained in 40 CFR 268, Subpart C.

                                 56

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Age, quantity, and type of product stored for each tank on-site
      •     How and when tanks have been closed
      •     Type of release detection used on  each tank (if any); some
            facilities  may have release detection on tanks where it is not
            required
      •     Type of corrosion protection and frequency of inspections
      •     Which tanks have pressurized piping associated with them

      Visual/field observations  are used  to determine if any spills  or
 overfills have occurred that have not been immediately cleaned up.  The
 presence of product around the fill pipe indicates a spill or overfill. Proper
 release  detection methods can also be verified  with  field observations.
 During  the interviews, ask the facility if monthly inventory control along
 with annual tightness testing is used.  If monthly inventory control is used,
 check the measuring  stick for divisions of 1/8 inch. A field check of the
 entire facility can also be done to determine if any tanks may have gone
 unreported.  Fillports and vent lines can indicate the existence of a UST.

      Documents  take  up  the  largest portion  of time  during  a UST
inspection. Documents that should be reviewed include:

      •     Notifications for all UST systems

      •     Reports of releases  including  suspected releases,  spills  and
           overfills, and  confirmed releases

      •     Initial site characterization and corrective action plans

      •     Notifications before permanent closure

      •     Corrosion expert's analysis if corrosion protection is not used

      •     Documentation of operation of corrosion protection equipment
                                 57

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •     Recent  compliance with  release  detection  requirements,
            including  daily  inventory  sheets  with  the  monthly
            reconciliation

       •     Results of site investigation conducted at permanent closure.

 Document retention rules also apply, so be sure to get all of the documents a
 facility may be required to keep. To determine if the implementing agency
 has been notified of all tanks, compare the notifications to general UST lists
 from the facility. Usually, the facility will keep a list of tanks separate from
 the notifications and tanks may appear on that list that do not appear on a
 notification form.  Also, compare the notifications to tank lists required in
 other documents,  like the Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures
 Plan.

 Subtitle J - Medical Wastes

      Subtitle J was added to  RCRA in November 1988 to address concerns
 about  the management of medical wastes.   EPA enacted interim final
 regulations in March 1989.  The regulations, found in 40 CFR Part 259,
 establish a demonstration program with  requirements for  medical waste
 generators,  transporters,  and treatment,  destruction,  and  disposal
 facilities (TDDs).   The demonstration  program is effective in "Covered
 States" during the period June 22, 1989 to June 22, 1991. The regulations
 apply to regulated medical waste generated in Connecticut, New Jersey,
 New York, Rhode Island, and Puerto Rico.

      Basic Program

      Medical waste  is defined in 40  CFR 259.10 as any solid waste
generated in the diagnosis, treatment, or immunization of human beings
or animals,  in related research, biological production, or testing.  The
following are exempt from 40 CFR Part 259 requirements:

      •    Any hazardous waste  identified  or  listed under  40 CFR
           Part 261
                                 58

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •     Any household waste denned in 40 CFR 261.4(b)(l)
       •     Residues from  treatment  and destruction processes or from
            the incineration of regulated medical wastes
       •     Human  remains intended to be buried or cremated
       •     Etiologic agents  being shipped pursuant  to  other Federal
            regulations
       •     Samples of regulated  medical waste shipped for enforcement
            purposes

       Regulated medical waste is a  subset of all medical wastes and
 includes seven categories:

       1.    Cultures and stocks of infectious agents
       2.    Human  pathological wastes (e.g., tissues, body parts)
       3.    Human  blood and blood products
       4.    Sharps (e.g., hypodermic needles and syringes used in animal
            or human patient care)
       5.     Certain  animal  wastes
       6.     Certain  isolation wastes (e.g., waste from patients with highly
            communicable  diseases)
       7.     Unused  sharps (e.g.,  suture  needles, scalpel  blades,  hypo-
            dermic needles)

      Etiological agents being transported interstate and samples  of
regulated medical waste  transported off-site by EPA- or State-designated
enforcement personnel  for  enforcement purposes are exempt from the
requirements during the  enforcement proceedings.

      Mixtures of solid waste and regulated medical waste are also subject
to the  requirements.  Mixtures of hazardous and regulated medical waste
are subject to the 40  CFR Part 259 requirements only if shipment of such a
mixture is not subject to hazardous waste manifesting (e.g., the hazardous
waste is shipped by a conditionally exempt generator).

      Generators, transporters, and owners  or operators of intermediate
handling  facilities  or destination facilities  who transport,  offer for

                                 59

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

transport, or otherwise manage regulated medical  waste generated in  a
Covered State must comply with the regulations even if such transport or
management occurs in a non-Covered State. Vessels at port in a Covered
State are  subject to the requirements for  those regulated medical wastes
transported ashore in the Covered State.  The owner  or operator of the
vessel and the person(s) removing or accepting waste from the vessel are
considered co-generators of the waste.

      A generator who either treats and destroys or disposes of regulated
medical waste on-site [e.g. incineration, burial, or sewer disposal covered
by section 307(b) through (d), of the  Clean Water  Act] is not subject to
tracking requirements for  that  waste.   However, such  on-site  waste
management may subject the generator to additional  Federal, State, or
local laws and regulations.

      Evaluating Compliance

      The inspector should evaluate whether the generator has determined
what regulated  medical waste streams are generated and/or managed.
Generators of less than 50  pounds per month are exempt from certain
transportation, and tracking requirements.  Compliance should also be
evaluated by observing the following:

      •     Prior to shipping waste off-site: Are wastes segregated?  Are
           wastes packed in the appropriate containers?  If containers are
           reused, are they decontaminated?  Are containers properly
           marked?

      •     Does the  generator use tracking  forms?   Are copies of the
           forms and any exception reports kept for 3 years?  Does the
           generator export medical waste for treatment, destruction, or
           disposal?  If so, the generator must request that the destination
           facility provide written confirmation  that the waste  was
           received;  an exception  report  must  be  filed  if such a
           confirmation is not received within 45 days.  If the generator
                                 60

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

            incinerates medical waste on-site, are the recordkeeping and
            reporting regulations for on-site incinerators followed?

       The transportation requirements apply to transporters,  including
 generators who transport their own waste, and owners and operators  of
 transfer  facilities engaged  in  transporting regulated  medical  waste
 generated in a Covered State.  The inspector should verify that:

       •     The proper labeling and marking of regulated medical waste
            accepted for transportation has taken place or has been done.

       •     If the waste is handled by more than one transporter, did each
            transporter attach a water resistant identification tag below
            the generator's marking?   Is the  required information on the
            tag?

       •     The transporter submitted the required notification(s) for each
            Covered State.

       •     The  vehicles  are fully enclosed, leakproof,  maintained in
            sanitary condition, secured when unattended, and marked
            with the  proper identification.

       •     The applicable requirements for rail shipments are followed.

       •     Tracking forms are used properly.

       •     Recordkeeping and reporting requirements are followed.

      The requirements for treatment, destruction, and disposal facilities
apply to owners and  operators of facilities that receive regulated medical
waste  generated in a Covered State,  including facilities located in non-
Covered States that receive regulated medical waste generated in a Covered
State.  The facilities  include destination facilities, intermediate handlers,
and  generators who  receive regulated medical waste  required to be
accompanied by a tracking form. The inspector should verify the following:

                                  61

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Are tracking forms used and properly completed?

      •     Are tracking form discrepancies resolved?

      •     Are the recordkeeping requirements followed?

      •     Is any additional  information required by the  Administrator
            reported?

      For rail shipments of regulated medical waste, the inspector should
determine whether the tracking forms are used properly.

Pollution Prevention

      EPA is developing an Agency-wide policy  for pollution prevention.
Present authorities were established in the 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waste
Amendments  to  RCRA  [Section 3002].   The  October 1990  Pollution
Prevention Act established pollution prevention as a national priority.

      Evaluating Compliance

      EPA has developed  a  policy regarding the  role of inspectors  in
promoting waste  minimization (OSWER directory number 9938.10).  As
stated in the policy, to evaluate compliance, the inspector should:

      •     Check hazardous waste manifests  for a correctly worded and
           signed waste minimization certification.

      •     Determine whether this certification was manually  signed by
           the generator or authorized representative.

      •     Confirm  that a waste minimization program is in place by
           requesting to  see  a written  waste  minimization plan, p_r
           requesting that the plan be described  orally, or requesting that
           evidence of a waste minimization  program be demonstrated.
                                 62

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

            The inspector can, and should visually check for evidence of a
            "program in place"  on-site.

       •    Check  the  Biennial Report and/or  Operating  Record  of
            generators and TSDs, as appropriate.  These documents are to
            contain descriptions  of waste minimization progress and  a
            certification statement.   If known omissions, falsifications,  or
            misrepresentations  on  any report  or  certification  are
            suspected, criminal penalties may apply and the case should
            be referred for criminal investigation.
                                /

       •    Check any waste minimization language included in the facil-
            ity's permits,  any enforcement order,  and settlement agree-
            ments.  Verify that any waste minimization requirements are
            being satisfied.

      The policy also states that the inspector  should promote waste
 minimization by:

      •     Being  familiar with recommending, and distributing waste
            minimization literature.

      •     Referring  the facility to the appropriate  technical  assistance
            program for more specific or technical information.

      •     Providing  limited, basic  advice to the facility of obvious ways
            they can minimize their waste.  This advice should be issued
            in an informal manner with the caveat that it is not binding in
            any way and is not related to regulatory compliance.

The multi-media inspection team can also document cross-media transfers
of waste streams, which can  result in false claims  of waste minimization.
For example, a facility could treat a solvent waste water stream in an air
stripper that has no air pollution control devices. On paper, the amount of
solvent  discharged  to a land disposal unit or sewer system  could  show  a
reduction, but the  pollutants are going into the air, possibly  without  a

                                 63

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

 permit.  Another example would be a facility claiming  a reduction  in
 hazardous waste generated because the waste stream was delisted.

 CLEAN WATER ACT (CWA)

      EPA establishes national water quality goals under the CWA.  Water
 pollution from industrial  and municipal facilities is controlled primarily
 through permits limiting discharges.  Permit limits  are based on effluent
 guidelines for specific pollutants, performance requirements for  new
 sources,  and/or water quality limits.  Permits also set  schedules  and
 timetables for construction and installation of needed equipment. Sources
 which discharge indirectly to a municipal treatment plant are subject  to
 pretreatment standards. Other key provisions of the CWA require permits
 for discharge of dredged and fill materials into waters (including wetlands)
 and requirements for reporting and cleaning up spills of oil or hazardous
 material.   Nonpoint sources of water pollution, such as runoff from
 agricultural fields,  are addressed through programs  to implement Best
 Management Practices.

      Although the  investigator(s)  responsible  for determining facility
 compliance with Clean Water Act requirements  should focus on  issues
 identified below, they should be aware of the inter-relationship with other
 laws,  regulations, etc.   For example, sludge generated  at a wastewater
 treatment plant (WWTP) may be  regulated under solid waste disposal laws
 (Toxicity Characteristic) and substances used/generated at the WWTP may
be subject to reporting requirements (EPCRA reporting for chlorine).

Basic  Program

      Wastewater compliance components can be generally categorized
into the following groups:

      •    Control and treatment systems
      •    Self-monitoring systems (including both field and laboratory
           measurements)
      •    Operation and maintenance (O&M)

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Best Management Practices (BMP)
      •     Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan

Before the inspection, the investigators should determine the "yardstick" by
which facility compliance will be measured. To do so, the investigator must
obtain and  review copies  of the discharge permit, permit application,
discharge monitoring reports (DMRs), treatment facility plot plans, and
any additional required plans (SPCC, etc.).

Evaluating Compliance

      Control and Treatment Systems

      Wastewater control and treatment systems should be evaluated for
adequacy and compliance  with  permit  or other requirements (consent
decrees, etc.) through record review and on-site inspection.  This includes,
but is not limited to, the following:

      •      Determine if all wastewaters generated by the facility are
            adequately  controlled, recycled, directed to the wastewater
            treatment plant (on or off-site), discharged through an outfall
            regulated by  a National Pollutant Discharge  Elimination
            System (NPDES) permit, etc.

      •      Identify  any wastewater discharges directly to a receiving
            waterbody that are not included in a facility NPDES Permit.

      •     For off-site wastewater treatment, determine if the discharge
           is  required  to  meet pretreatment  standards.   Review any
           applicable   standards*  and  appropriate   wastewater
           characterization data, as necessary.  Pretreatment checklists
           are available in some Regional offices.

      •     For on-site wastewater treatment, determine if the wastewater
           treatment plant has the appropriate unit processes and  is
                                 65

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

           properly sized to effectively treat the quality and quantity of
           wastewater generated by the facility.

      •    Review operations  records and DMRs to  determine if the
           facility has exceeded its NPDES permit limits.

      Self-monitoring Systems

      Self-monitoring consists of flow and  water quality measurements
and sampling by the facility in addition to laboratory analyses of water
samples  required  by the  NPDES permit program.    The  NPDES/
pretreatment permits normally identify self-monitoring  requirements.
There  are usually  two  components  to  the  self-monitoring  system
evaluation, as discussed below:

      Field - Confirm that acceptable sampling and flow measurements, as
      specified by iae NPDES/pretreatment  permits, are conducted at the
      correct  locations,  with the proper frequency, and  by acceptable
      equipment and methods. Determine if all necessary calibrations and
      O&M are performed.  Approved procedures are to be  used in  the
      collecting, preserving, and transporting of samples [40 CFR 136.3(e)].

      Laboratory -  Evaluate laboratory procedures affecting final reported
      results including:

      •    Sample preservation methods and holding times
      •    Chain-of-custody
      •    Use  of approved procedures  (40  CFR  136 or  approved
           alternatives)
      •    Adequacy of personnel, equipment, and other components of
           laboratory operations
      •    Adequacy of quality assurance/quality control program
      •    Recordkeeping and calculations

     Evaluate how the data are entered into laboratory notebooks or
     computers; sign-off procedures used; analysis  of spikes,  blanks, and

                                66

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       reference samples; how the lab data are transposed onto the official,
       self-monitoring report forms (DMRs) sent to the regulatory agency;
       and the extent and capability of outside contract laboratories, if used.

       Operation and Maintenance

       Most NPDES  discharge permits  have  standard  language  that
 requires proper facility operation and maintenance [40 CFR 122.4He)]. The
 investigator should:

       •     Determine if wastewater  treatment processes  are  operated
            properly through visual inspection and records review.

       •     Observe the presence of solids, scum, grease, and floating oils
            or suspended materials  (pinpoint floe, etc.), odors, and weed
            growth in the treatment units.  Note appearance of wastewater
            in all units.

       •     Identify all out-of-service processes and determine cause.

       •     Determine  level of maintenance by observing condition  of
            equipment (pumps, basins,  etc.)  and  reviewing records
            (outstanding work orders, spare parts inventories).

      •     Identify  handling, treatment, and  disposal of sludges  and
            other  residues  generated from  processes  and wastewater
            treatment system.

      Best Management Practices (BMP) Plan

      Determine if the facility handles toxic materials and if a BMP plan is
required (40 CFR 125, Subpart K or by NPDES permit). If applicable, review
BMP Plan or BMP Permit requirements.  Determine if facility is following
required provisions. Review any records required by the plan for adequacy.
                                 67

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      SPCC Plan

      Determine if the facility is required to develop and implement an
SPCC Plan (40 CFR 112) for storage/handling and spill control of specified
substances.  A facility is required to have an SPCC plan if it stores oil
and/or oil products and:

      •      Underground capacity exceeds 42,000 gallons
      •      Aboveground storage capacity exceeds 1,320 gallons
      •      Any single aboveground container exceeds 660 gallons
      •      A spill could conceivably reach a water of the United States

Obtain a copy of the plan and required records to assess compliance with
the plan provisions.  The plan  should be certified  by  a  registered
professional engineer with  approval and implementation certified by the
proper facility  official. Identify and visually inspect all regulated tanks and
equipment  including  containment and  run-off  control  systems  and
procedures.    Investigate any  evidence of spilled materials.  Discuss
training and  associated procedures with  facility personnel.  Review
applicable records  (spill reports, tank and piping inspection reports, and
loading/unloading equipment inspection reports).

CLEAN AIR ACT (CAA)

      The Clean Air Act is the legislative  basis for air pollution  control
regulations.  It was first enacted in 1955 and later amended in 1963,  1965,
1970,  1977, and 1990. The 1955 Act and the 1963 Amendments called for the
abatement  of air pollution  through voluntary measures.   The  1965
amendments gave Federal regulators the authority to establish automobile
emission standards.

Basic Program

      The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1970 significantly broadened the
scope of the Act, forming the basis for Federal and State  air pollution
control regulations.  Section 109 of the  1970 Amendments  called  for the

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

 attainment of national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS, 40 CFR 50)
 to protect public health and welfare from the known or anticipated adverse
 effects of six air pollutants (as  of 1990 the  standards were for small
 particulates,  sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, ozone, and
 lead).   The states  were  required  to  develop  and  submit to EPA
 implementation plans that were designed to achieve  the NAAQS.  These
 state implementation plans  (SIPs) contained regulations that limited air
 emissions from stationary and mobile  sources.  They were developed and
 submitted to  EPA on a continuing basis and became federally enforceable
 when approved.

      Section 111 of the 1970  Amendments  directed  EPA to develop
 standards of  performance for new stationary sources.  These regulations,
 known as New  Source Performance Standards (NSPS, 40 CFR 60), limited
 air emissions from subject new sources.  The standards are pollutant and
 source specific.  Appendix L contains a list  of the NSPS sources as of July I,
 1990 and also lists sources subject to NSPS continuous emission monitoring
 (CEM) and continuous opacity monitoring  (COM) requirements.

      Section 112 of the 1970  Amendments  directed EPA to develop
 standards for hazardous  air pollutants. These  regulations, known as the
 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs,
 40 CFR 61), limited hazardous air emissions from both new and existing
 sources.  (Appendix L) contains a list of sources subject to NESHAPs as of
July 1, 1990.  These standards are incorporated into the SIPs, usually by
reference to the EPA standard.

      The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 addressed the failure of the
 1970 Amendments to achieve the NAAQS by requiring permits for major
new sources.  The permit requirements  were based on whether the  source
was located in an area that met the NAAQS (attainment areas, 40 CFR 81)
or in an area that did not meet the NAAQS (nonattainment areas).  The
permit program for sources  in attainment  areas was referred to as the
prevention of  significant deterioration (PSD) program.

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 significantly expanded the
scope of the Act.   Section  112  amendments essentially replaced the
NESHAPs with  a  new  program  called  "Title  III -  Hazardous Air
Pollutants."  Title III listed 189 hazardous air pollutants [Appendix O] and
required EPA to start setting standards for categories of sources that emit
these pollutants within 2 years (1992)  and finish  setting all standards
within 10 years (2000).  It  also contains provisions for a prevention-of-
accidental-releases program.

      Title V of the  1990 Amendments requires EPA to promulgate a
permitting program that will be implemented by the states no later than
November  15,  1994.  The  permits will  include  enforceable emission
standards, and  reporting, inspection, and monitoring requirements

      Title VII  of the 1990 Amendments gives EPA enhanced enforcement
authority. The Agency may initiate enforcement proceedings for SIP and
permit violations if the state  does not take enforcement action.  Title VII
also provides for criminal penalties for Clean Air Act violations.

Evaluating Compliance

      The following procedures are used to  evaluate compliance with the
Clean Air Act.

      Before an on-site  inspection the documents listed below should be
obtained from  state or EPA files  and reviewed to determine what
regulations apply and what compliance problems may exist.

      •     The state air pollution control regulations contained in the SIP
           (State regulations and  permits form  the basis for the air
           compliance inspection and will vary from state to state.)

      •     The state operating and construction permits

      •     The most current emissions  inventory (check for sources
           subject to SIP, NSPS, and NESHAPs requirements)

                                 70

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     The volatile organic compound  (VOC) emissions inventory
            (The VOC inventory may not be included  in the emissions
            inventory  but  reported  separately under Title III  Form R
            submittals. See Emergency Planning and Community Right-
            to-Know section.)

      •     The consent decrees/orders/agreements  still in effect  and
            related correspondence

      •     The most recent inspection reports

      •     The most recent monthly or quarterly CEM/COM reports

      •     AIRS Facility Subsystem (AFS) reports

      •     Process descriptions, flow diagrams, and control equipment
            for air emission sources

      •     Facility plot plan that identifies and locates the  air pollution
            emission points

      The on-site inspection should include a review  of the  records and
documents listed below:

      •      Process operating and monitoring records  to determine if
            permit requirements  are being followed

      •      Fuel analysis reports (including fuel sampling and analysis
            methods) to determine if sulfur dioxide emission limits and/or
            other fuel requirements are being met

      •     Reports of process/control equipment malfunctions causing
           reportable  excess emissions  (refer to  SIP to  determine
           reportable malfunctions and report requirements)
                                 71

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Source test reports to determine if NSPS, NESHAPs, and/or
           major sources have demonstrated compliance with emission
           standards

      •     GEM reports to determine  if NSPS and SIP reporting
           requirements are being met  (reported emissions should be
           checked against raw data for accuracy and reported corrective
           actions should be checked for implementation)

      •     CEMS/COMS certification  tests  (relative accuracy and
           calibration drift) to verify that performance specifications at
           40 CFR 60, Appendix B are met

      •     Records and reports specified in SIP regulations, NSPS and
           NESHAP subparts, and applicable permits

      The on-site inspection should also include the following:

      •     Visible emission observations (VEOs), by inspectors certified to
           read smoke within the last 6 months, to determine compliance
           with  SIP, NSPS,  or  NESHAPs opacity limits (document
           noncompliance with EPA Method 9, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A)

      •     A  check of real time CEM measurements to determine
           compliance SIP, NSPS or  NESHAPs limits (opacity CEM
           measurements can be compared against VEOs)

      •     A review of CEM/COMS calibration procedures and frequency
           to determine if the zero/span check requirements and analyzer
           adjustment requirements of 40 CFR 60 are being met

      •     Observations of process  and control equipment operating
           conditions to determine compliance  with permit conditions (if
           no permit  conditions  apply,  control  equipment operating
           conditions can be compared to baseline conditions from stack
           tests or manufacturers specifications for proper operation)

                                 72

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •     A review of all sources to determine if existing, new, modified
            or reconstructed  sources have  construction and  operating
            permits  required by SIP (note other process changes that may
            not require a permit but could effect emissions)

       •     Observation of control  equipment operating conditions and
            review  of equipment maintenance practices and records  to
            determine proper operation of control equipment

 SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT (SDWA)

 Basic Program

      Public drinking water supply systems (i.e., serve at least 25 people)
 are regulated by the  Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), as amended. EPA
 sets standards for the quality of water that can be served by public water
 systems, [known as  Maximum  Contaminant Levels (MCLs)].  Public
 systems must sample their water periodically and report findings to the
 State (or EPA, if the State has not been delegated the authority to enforce the
 SDWA).  They must notify consumers if they do not meet the standards or
 have  failed to  monitor  or  report.   EPA  is on a statutory  schedule for
 promulgating a large number of new MCLs.

 Evaluating Compliance

      Water Supply Systems

      The Underground Injection Control (UIC) program was developed
pursuant to the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) (Public Law 93-523),
Part C - Protection of Underground  Sources  of Drinking Water (40 CFR
Parts 124 and 144 through 148).

      The  UIC  program  regulates  five classes of  injection  wells,
summarized as follows:
                                73

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      Class I    Industrial,  municipal, or  hazardous  waste disposal
                 beneath the lowermost underground source of drinking
                 water (USDW)

      Class II    Oil-  and gas-related wells used  for  produced  fluid
                 disposal, enhanced recovery, hydrocarbon storage, etc.

      Class III   Mineral extraction wells

      Class IV   Hazardous or radioactive waste disposal above or into a
                 USDW

      Class V    Injection wells not included in Classes I through IV

      Monitoring requirements for water supply systems and whether or
not the system can be reasonably expected to routinely provide safe potable
water should be determined.  Many facilities purchase their potable water
supply from a nearby municipality.  If no further treatment  is provided
(e.g., chlorination by the facility), the facility remains a "consumer" rather
than becoming a "supplier," and consequently does not have the monitoring
or reporting requirements that a supplier would have. Nevertheless, the
facility does have a responsibility to assure that their actions do not result in
contamination   of the  municipal  water  supply (e.g.,  through cross-
connection). The audit team should be alert to these possibilities.

      Inspectors should:

      •    Verify public water system  records of monitoring and reports
            of exceeding MCLs.

      •     Interview  water  system  personnel  to  identify potential
            operations and maintenance problems.

      •     Obtain water source, treatment, and service area information.
                                 74

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      UIC inspector should determine the following:

      •     Injection well construction
      •     Potential pathways of endangerment to underground  sources
            of drinking water (USDWs)
      •     Protection of USDWs from endangerment
      •     Frequency and type of mechanical integrity testing (MIT)
      •     Annular  pressure
      •     Annular  pressure monitoring
      •     Radioactive tracer surveys
      •     Installation methods for well plugging
      •     Remedial operations
      •     Applicability of Land Disposal Restrictions to injection well
            operations
      •     Recordkeeping and evidence documentation
      •     Outlets for floor drains
      •     Connection to "dry" wells

      Several states  and industries  have  requested approval of various
 alternative  mechanical  integrity testing  methods  or variances  to
 accommodate special local hydrogeological  conditions, historical practices,
 or industry  interests.   Inspectors  and  field  investigators should  be
 cautioned to keep current with special permit conditions and the status of
 any pending  approvals/denials of alternative mechanical integrity  testing
 procedures and variances.

 TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT (TSCA)

      This section describes those specific aspects of toxic chemical  control
 that are addressed  by the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and its
 associated rules and regulations (40 CFR Parts 702 through 799).

 Basic Program

      The  regulation of  toxics under TSCA  is  subdivided into two
components for Agency enforcement program management purposes.

                                 75

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       1.    "Chemical control"  covers  enforcement aspects  related  to
            specific chemicals regulated under Section 6 of TSCA, such as
            polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs),
            and asbestos.

      2.    "Hazard  evaluation" refers  to  the various recordkeeping,
            reporting, and marketing submittal requirements specified in
            Sections 5, 8, 12, and 13 of TSCA; although, some elements of
            what might be termed "chemical control" are also addressed
            in these sections. Sections 12 and 13 of TSCA, which pertain to
            chemical  exports and imports, respectively, will not be covered
            in this  manual due to their  special nature  and  unique
            requirements.

      Prior to discussing TSCA  activities* at a facility, the investigator
must present appropriate facility personnel with copies of the following two
TSCA audit forms [Appendix P]:

      1.     Notice of Inspection  - Shows purpose, nature, and extent  of
            TSCA audit

      2.     TSCA Inspection Confidentiality Notice - Explains  a facility's
            rights to claim that some or all the information regarding toxic
            substance handling at the facility is  to be considered as TSCA
            Confidential Business Information (CBI)

      Before leaving the site, the following two forms [Appendix P] must be
completed,  as appropriate.

      1.     Receipt for Samples and Documents  - Itemizes all documents,
            photos, and samples  received by the investigator during the
            audit
    All personnel handling material claimed as Confidential Business Information
    under TSCA must be cleared for access to that material in  accordance with Agency
    procedures.  An annual update is required.
                                 76

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      2.    Declaration of CBI* - Itemizes the information that the facility
            claims to be TSCA CBI

 Evaluating Compliance

      Chemical Control

      Although the  controlled substances  most frequently encountered
 during  multi-media  investigations are polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
 the investigator should determine if other regulated toxic substances are
 present at  the  facility.   Currently these include metal working fluids
 (Part 747), fully halogenated chlorofluoroalkanes (40 CFR 762), and asbestos
 (40 CFR 763); additional toxic substances may be regulated  in the future.
 Because the probability  of finding PCBs and PCB items at a facility is
 greater than finding other TSCA-regulated substances, the  following
 discussion is directed toward an evaluation of compliance  with proper PCB
 and PCB  item handling procedures.  Should other  TSCA-regulated
 substances be present, the investigator should consult the regulations for
 appropriate requirements.

      Management of PCBs/PCB items is regulated under 40 CFR 761.  In
 general, these regulations address recordkeeping, marking  and labeling,
 inspections, storage,  and disposal.

      Facilities which store and/or dispose of PCBs and PCB items should
 have EPA-issued Letters of Approval which  contain facility operating and
 recordkeeping requirements in addition to those specified in 40 CFR 761.
The investigator must obtain a copy of these  approvals and any subsequent
notifications to evaluate facility compliance. The inspector should review
Part 761.30 to identify uses of PCB transformers which are prohibited
beginning October  1,  1990, but with effective dates extending to October 1,
 1993.   The inspector should  also  review the requirements found  in
    These forms are generally completed during the closing conference.  During the
    opening conference, facility personnel should be made aware that the latter form is
    used to itemize TSCA CBI material.
                                 77

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

Part 761.30 which allow the installation of PCB transformers for emergency
use.

      In general,  the  compliance evaluation  includes  obtaining and
reviewing information from Federal,  State, and local regulatory  agency
files; interviewing facility personnel regarding material handling activity;
examining facility  records  and  inspecting  material handling units.
Specific investigation tasks include:

      •    Inspect all in-service electrical equipment, known or suspected
           of containing PCBs, for leaks or lack of proper marking.  A
           similar inspection should also be made of any  equipment that
           the  facility  is storing for  reuse.   Make certain that any
           remedial actions were quick and effective in the  case of leaks,
           spills, etc.

      •    If the above equipment includes any PCB transformers make
           certain that all relevant prohibitions are being  met, such as
           those inv    7 enhanced electrical protection, as well as other
           requirements in  the  Use Authorization section of  the  PCB
           Rule. Likewise with large PCB capacitors.  Make certain that
           any hydraulic or heat transfer systems suspected of containing
           PCB fluids have been properly tested.

      •    Determine whether the facility is involved with servicing PCB
           items or using/collecting/producing PCBs in any manner.  If
           so, make certain that the appropriate requirements of the PCB
           Rule are being met.

      •    Determine whether the facility is involved with either the
           storage or disposal of PCBs/PCB items.  Inspect all storage for
           disposal  facilities for proper containment,  leaking  items,
           proper marking,  dates/time  limits,  location, protection  from
           elements, and other necessary requirements.  If  the facility
           disposes of PCBs,  make certain that  proper methods are being
                                 78

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

            employed and that design and operation of disposal units is in
            accordance with regulatory requirements.

       •     Determine whether storage/disposal  facilities are complying
            with the notification and  manifesting requirements contained
            in Subpart K of the PCB Rule.

       •     Thoroughly review, for purposes of adequacy and regulatory
            compliance, all records and reports required by the PCB Rule
            including the following:

                  Annual documents
                  Inspection logs
                  PCB transformer registration letters
                  Manifests/certificates of destruction
                  Test data
                  Spill clean-up reports
                  EPA issued permits  or Letters of Approval
                  SPCC plan, if one is necessary
                  Operating records
                  Notification of PCB activity

      Hazard Evaluation

      Establishing compliance  with the various hazard evaluation aspects
of TSCA  is best  accomplished through  review  and evaluation of the
recordkeeping, reporting, and submittal  data required by the various
regulatory components of Sections 5 and 8.  In general, Section 5 addresses
new chemicals  (i.e.,  those  not on  the TSCA  Chemical  Substances
Inventory) and Section 8 provides for control of existing chemicals (i.e.,
those chemicals that are on the TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory).

      Much of the information obtained and  reviewed  under these two
sections  of TSCA will  be   declared  "TSCA  Confidential Business
Information" (CBI) by company officials and,  thus,  special  security
                                 79

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

procedures must be followed during review and storage of the documents,
as discussed elsewhere.

      The glossary [Appendix Q] and 40 CFR Parts 703 through 723 should
be consulted for  an  explanation of TSCA terms and definitions.  The
following list summarizes the different objectives for inspections of the key
TSCA Sections 5 and 8 components.

      1.    Premanufacture Notification (PMN)

           a.    Verify that all commercially manufactured or imported
                 chemicals are either on the TSCA Chemical Substances
                 Inventory, are covered  by an  exemption, or are not
                 subject to TSCA.

           b.    Verify that commercial manufacture or import of new
                 chemicals did not begin prior to the end of 90-day review
                 date [Appendix A, page A-24], and not more than 30 days
                 before the Notice of Commencement (NOC) date.  If
                 commercial manufacture or import  has not begun, ver-
                 ify that no NOC has been submitted .

           c.    Verify the accuracy and documentation of the contents of
                 the PMN itself.

      2.    Research and Development (R&D) Exemption

           a.    Verify  that  the  recordkeeping  and  notification
                 requirements are being met for all R&D chemicals.

           b.    Verify  that  "Prudent Laboratory  Practices"  and
                 hazardous data searches are adequately documented.
                                80

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      3.    Test Marketing- Exemption (TME)

           a.    Verify  that  the  conditions  spelled out in  the  TME
                 application are being met, particularly with  respect to
                 dates of production, quantity manufactured or imported,
                 number of customers and use(s).

           b.    Verify that the TME recordkeeping requirements  are
                 being met.

     4.    Low Volume Exemption (LVE) and Polymer Exemption (PE)

           a.    Verify  that   specific  conditions  of the  exemption
                 application are being met, and that all test data have
                 been submitted.

           b.     For an LVE, verify that the 1,000-kg limit per 12-month
                 period has  not been exceeded.  For a PE, assure that  the
                 chemical structure and monomer  composition(s) are
                 accurate.

           c.     Verify that recordkeeping requirements for both LVEs
                 and PEs are being met.

     5.     5(e)/5(f) Order. Rule, or Injunction

           a.    Verify that all conditions of the order, rule, or injunction
                are  being followed,  including  use of  protective
                equipment, glove testing, training, and recordkeeping.

           b.    If a testing trigger is specified, verify production volume
                and status of testing activity.
                                81

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      6.    Significant New Use Rule CSNUR)

           a.    Verify  that  no commercial production has  occurred
                 prior to the 90-day review date.

           b.    Verify that SNUR notices have been submitted for all
                 applicable  manufactured,  imported,  or  processed
                 chemicals.

           c.    Verify  technical  accuracy  of SNUR  submittal  and
                 completeness of required recordkeeping.

      7.    Bona Fide Submittals

           Determine the commercial production (or import)  status and
           R&D  history  of those bona fide chemicals not found on the
           confidential 8(b) inventory.  Verify findings against applicable
           PMN, TME, or other exemption.

      8.    Section 8(a) Level A PAIR and CAIR Report

           a.    Determine if Preliminary Assessment Information Rule
                 (PAIR)  and  Comprehensive Assessment Information
                 Rule (CAIR) reports have been submitted for all  8(a)
                 Level A listed chemicals manufactured or imported by
                 the facility.

           b.    Verify the accuracy of  submitted  PAIR information,
                 particularly  the reported figures for total  production
                 volume  and worker exposure levels.

           c.    Verify the accuracy of submitted CAIR information and
                 if the report meets the date specified in the regulation.
                                 82

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      9.    Section 8(b) Inventory Update Rule (IUR)

           a.    Verify the accuracy of the information submitted  in
                 response to the IUR.

           b.    Determine that required information was submitted  by
                 the prescribed deadline for all chemicals subject to IUR.

      10.   Section 8(c) Recordkeeping

           a.    Determine if the facility has a Section 8(c) file and that
                 allegations  of significant  health and  environmental
                 harm on record are properly filed and recorded.

           b.    Determine that all  applicable allegations  have been
                 recorded and filed.

           c.    Determine if the facility has a written Section 8(c) policy
                 and if the policy includes outreach to the employees.

      11.    Section 8(d) Reporting

           Determine if copies (or lists) of all unpublished health effects
           studies have been submitted by manufacturers, importers, and
           processors for any Section 8(d) listed chemical.

      12.    Section 8(e) Reporting

           a.    Verify that all Section 8(e) substantial risk reports to the
                 Agency were  accurate  and  submitted  within  the
                 required time frames.

           b.     Verify that  all substantial risk incidents and/or  test
                 results have been reported to EPA.

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

            c.    Determine that the  company has an adequate written
                 policy addressing Section 8(e),  and  that  it relieves
                 employees of individual liability.

FEDERAL  INSECTICIDE.  FUNGICIDE.  AND RODENTICIDE ACT
(FIFRA)

Basic Program

      Pesticides are regulated by FIFRA and regulations developed under
delegated State programs.   Under FIFRA,  pesticide  products  must be
registered by EPA before they are sold or distributed in commerce. EPA
registers pesticides on the basis of data adequate to show that, when used
according to label directions, they will not cause unreasonable adverse
effects on human health or the environment.

      To ensure that  previously registered  pesticides meet current
scientific and regulatory standards, in  1972  Congress amended FIFRA to
require the "reregistration" of all existing pesticides.

Evaluating Compliance

      The following list is for use in  conjunction with  specific storage/
use/disposal requirements found on pesticide labels.   FIFRA requires a
written notice of inspection and written receipt for samples and documents
collected.

      •     Determine  types and registration  status of all pesticides
            produced, sold, stored, and used at the facility, particularly if
            any are restricted or experimental use pesticides.

      •     Determine use(s) of each pesticide.
                                 84

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

      •     Determine certification status of facility/handlers.

                 Verify who certifies facility/pesticide handlers  [EPA,
                 State, Department of Defense (DOD)].

                 Determine if commercial or private application.

                 If restricted-use  pesticides  are used, check if pesticide
                 applicators are authorized to use these pesticides.

                 Check expiration dates on licenses/certificates.

      •    Review applicable records.

                 Check  previous audit records and complaints.

                 Check  application records.

                 Check  restricted-use pesticides records (must be kept at
                 least  2  years).    Document  suspected  violations
                 accordingly.

                 Check inventory records.

                 Check  training records.

                 Check equipment repair records.

     •     Inspect  storage, mixing/loading, and container disposal areas.

                 Check bulk storage areas for compliance with Federal/
                 State rules.
                                 85

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

                 Check location,  ventilation, segregation,  shelter, and
                 housekeeping of  pesticide  storage/handling  areas.
                 Check security,  fire protection, and  warning signs, as
                 may be required by State regulations.

                 Check mixing  equipment/procedures for  reducing
                 handlers' exposures to pesticides.

                 Check for safety  equipment/procedures/use.

                 Check container  cleanup and disposal procedures.

      •     Pesticide waste disposal

                 Check to  see  that pesticides  are  disposed  of in
                 accordance  with  applicable  label  and  RCRA
                 requirements.

      •     Determine measures taken to ensure worker safety.

                 Check pesticide  use records for re-entry time  limit
                 notation.

                 Check pesticide  use records for record of informing
                 farmer or warm-ng workers and/or posting fields.

                 Provide farmer and/or applicator copy of current worker
                 protection standards.

      •     Observe actual pesticide application.

                 Observe  mixing/loading  and  check calculations for
                 proper use dilution.

                 Observe when spray is turned on/off with respect to ends
                 of field.
                                 86

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

                  Watch for drift or pesticide mist dispersal pattern.

                  Note direction of  spraying  pattern and trimming
                  techniques.

                  Record  wind speed  and direction, air temperature, and
                  relative humidity.

                  Observe application with respect to field  workers,
                  houses,  cars, power  lines, and other obstacles.

                  Determine if applicator and  assisting personnel are
                  wearing safety gear required by the label.

 EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY  RIGHT-TO-KNQW  ACT
 (EPCRA)

 Basic Program

      The  Emergency  Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
 (EPCRA) of 1986 is a free-standing law contained within the Superfund
 Amendments and  Reauthorization Act (SARA) of 1986.   EPCRA is  also
 commonly known as SARA Title III.  EPCRA requires dissemination of
 information to State and community groups and health  professionals on
 chemicals handled  at regulated facilities.

      An EPCRA audit verifies that the facility owner/operator has notified
 State and local agencies  of regulated activities; has submitted information
to  specific State and local  agencies; and has prepared and submitted all
other required reports.
                                87

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

Evaluating Compliance

      Emergency Planning (Sections 301 through 303)

      EPA promulgated regulations which identify extremely hazardous
substances and the levels to be regulated under EPCRA.  The inspector
should determine whether the facility is subject to EPCRA regulation.  If
the facility does meet the requirements, the inspector should verify whether
the facility owner/operator:

      •    Notified the State emergency response agency and the local
           emergency planning committee  that the facility is regulated
           under EPCRA

      •    Designated a facility emergency coordinator to assist the local
           emergency planning committee in the planning process

      •    Notified the local  emergency  planning  committee  of the
           emergency coordinator's  identity

      Emergency Notification (Section 304)

      The owner/operator of a facility subject  to EPCRA must immediately
report releases  of  hazardous  substances.   Substances subject  to  this
requirement are the extremely hazardous substances listed in 40 CFR Part
355 and substances subject  to the emergency notification requirements
under CERCLA Section 103(a) or (c). The inspector should verify whether
an immediate notification was made to the:

      •    State emergency response commission
      •    Local emergency planning committee
      •    National  Response Center  for spills  involving  CERCLA
           reportable quantities

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       Community Right-to-Know Requirements (Sections 311 through 313>

       Manufacturing facilities subject to  the Occupational Safety  and
 Health Act (OSHA)  Hazardous Communication Regulation (29 CFR Part
 1910)  are required to prepare Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each
 hazardous chemical handled at the facility.  Manufacturing facilities
 covered are  contained  within Standard Industrial  Classification (SIC)
 Codes  20  through 39.   OSHA revised its  Hazardous  Communication
 Regulation, effective September 23, 1987, to require that MSDSs be prepared
 by nonmanufacturing facilities. The inspector should verify that the facility
 owner/operator has  sent the following to the State  emergency response
 commission,  the  local emergency planning committee and the local  fire
 department:

       •     MSDS or a list of chemicals covered by  MSDS found at the
            facility

      •    An annual  inventory of hazardous chemicals found at  the
           facility

      Toxic Chemical Release Reporting (Section 313)

      Covered facilities  (40 CFR Part 372.22)  that manufacture, import,
process, or use certain  chemicals must annually report releases to  the
environment. The inspector should determine whether the facility owner/
operator is required to submit a report (Form R) by July 1  for the preceding
calendar year(s).  All the following conditions must apply at the facility in
order to meet the reporting requirements:

      •    The facility has 10 or more full-time employees

      •    An  operation(s) identified  in SIC Codes 20 through 39  is
           present

     •     The amount of chemical(s)  handled exceeds the applicable
           threshold quantity

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCE
COMPREHENSIVE EMERGENCY RESPONSE.  COMPENSATION. AND
LIABILITY ACT (CERCLA)

      The  Superfund law of  1980 (CERCLA)  including the  SARA
amendments of 1986 authorizes EPA to clean up hazardous substances at
closed and abandoned waste sites and to recover the cost of cleanup and
associated damages  from the responsible  parties.  EPA can also take
enforcement action against responsible parties to compel them to clean up
sites.   Other provisions  of  CERCLA require releases of hazardous
substances over a specified amount ("reportable quantities") to be reported.

      CERCLA is mostly an "after-the-fact" cleanup program, and there
are no routine compliance  monitoring inspections  as in other programs.
Sites are visited and  environmental and  other data are gathered for
evaluation and  assessment purposes, as well  as  to identify potential
responsible parties.   This information may  ultimately  be used in
enforcement actions to recover the costs of cleanup or to compel cleanup by
responsible parties.

      Although CERCLA is not  oriented to  routine inspections of active
industrial  facilities, inspectors  should be  alert  to  signs  of potential
abandoned dump sites, spills,  potential release  of hazardous wastes, or
other Superfund-type situations while they are out in the field,  such as:

      •    Rusting drums and  containers,  evidence of spills,  discolored
           vegetation, discolored water, foul-smelling lagoons

      •    Statements by facility personnel about how they handle wastes

      •    Records of spills or other releases of hazardous substances, or
           potential releases of hazardous substances

      •    Records of non-RCRA sites where hazardous substances have
           been stored, treated, or disposed
                                 90

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       The  investigator  should  determine,  through  records  review,
 interviews, etc., whether all RCRA and CERCLA sites have been reported
 to the proper authorities.  The investigator should also evaluate assessment
 and response programs at a facility,  if this objective is within the scope of
 the audit.

       Additionally, the facility  should be evaluated concerning State and
 local requirements controlling  past and current  disposal of municipal
 waste, nonhazardous industrial waste,  and construction debris.  The
 information  concerning  such  past  disposal  activities  may lead  to
 unreported RCRA and CERCLA  sites.

       The initial step in evaluating compliance with solid/hazardous waste
 requirements is to identify all present and past waste streams generated at
 the facility and determine  which are regulated by Federal,* State,** or local
 regulations, licenses, and approvals.   Preferably,  this  determination is
 initiated during background document review before  the  on-site facility
 audit and supplemented/modified using information  obtained while on-site.
 All waste streams generated (even those that the generator claims are not
 regulated) must be evaluated for regulatory inclusion.  This will allow the
 investigator to determine whether the generator has properly identified all
 regulated waste streams.

      Once regulated waste is  identified, the investigator can track the
 material from  generation to final on-site disposition (on-site  treatment/
 disposal)  or storage  and  transport  for off-site disposal and determine
 compliance with* applicable regulations.  Throughout the investigation, the
 investigator must keep in mind that both past and present activities need to
 be evaluated for compliance with applicable regulations.
* *
Definitions, identification, and listing of Federally regulated waste are given in
40 CFR 260 and 261 and CERCLA § 101.
Nonhazardous solid waste is usually regulated by the State and these regulations
must be obtained to evaluate applicable facility activity.
                                  91

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

LABORATORY AND DATA QUALITY AUDITS

      The purpose of laboratory evaluations and data quality assessment is
to determine if all analytical and monitoring requirements have been met
and  to  characterize  data usability.   The two  approaches used  are:
(1) performance and  (2)  systems  audits.  This  section discusses the
approach to laboratory auditing under the  CWA,  RCRA waste handling,
and RCRA groundwater regulations.

      Performance audits  are independent  checks made to  evaluate the
quality of data produced by the total measurement system.  This type  of
audit assesses the results  and usually does  not examine the intermediate
steps to achieve these results. One  example, is the  performance evaluation
check sample which is used to validate  calibration accuracy but usually not
the overall effectiveness of the methodology. Another example is an audit of
a particular measurement device using a  reference  device with known
operational characteristics.

      A systems audit typically involves an inspection of the components
comprising the  total measurement system.   The Agency has  certain
expectations of the process  used to sample, analyze,  and report results.  The
systems audit is designed to objectively  examine each important part of that
process to determine deviations from  required or  recommended practice.
The  systems  audit is more  qualitative than  the  performance  audit.  A
systems audit assesses such items as equipment, personnel,  physical
aspects, analytical and quality control  procedures, quality assurance
procedures, and other laboratory or measurement procedures.   From a
regulatory  perspective, this  type of audit may  find noncompliance with
equipment or procedural requirements, or even fraud.

      Typically, a systems  audit combined with performance audits will be
conducted in order to extract the maximum amount of information.
                                 92

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       A detailed list of items should be requested from the company and
 contract laboratory. This list should include:

       •     Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
       •     Quality Assurance Plan
       •     Personnel resumes
       •     Instrument maintenance and calibration records
       •     Monitoring data to be looked at

       If performance evaluation samples are to be analyzed, these should
 be forwarded to the company at the earliest possible time. If preliminary
 data is available,  it should be carefully  examined for problems and if
 problems are found, a more careful examination of these areas can be
 made on-site.

       During the  on-site visit,  every component of  sample handling,
 sample analysis, and data reduction  should be  examined.  The auditor
 starts with the laboratory supervisor and QA officer to verify that the
 information  supplied on personnel training,  quality  assurance/quality
 control, and SOPs is correct.  For  each parameter  determined,  the
 individual or individuals who actually make that determination  are
 interviewed.  The analyst is asked to detail exactly what happens to each
 sample and  demonstrate the use of equipment including instrument
 calibration.  Checklists are prepared as an aid to the inspector. Bench data
 (initially recorded numbers, strip charts, etc.) is selected.  Final results are
 calculated from  the bench data by the inspector and compared with the
 results reported to the agency.  On-site personnel will be asked to explain
 any discrepancies at this time.  Other documents  necessary to the case or
 as potential evidence are copied.

      The final  assessment and data  quality determination is normally
performed following the on-site audit.  Critical data are re-examined for
trends  and  anomolies.   Where  necessary, data is computerized  and
analyzed using statistical software packages.   Techniques such as mass
balance, solubility  product determination,  oxidation-reduction  state
consistency are  used, where applicable, to indicate  data problems.   A

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
propagation of error treatment may be used to establish data quality.

Performance audit results  are  evaluated against reference database

statistics.  Tasks for common  laboratory audits are:
     NPDES f Water)
           Determine that the exact  date, time,  and person who takes
           each sample are recorded.


           Determine that the exact date, time, person, and method used
           for each type of determination are recorded.

           Inspect permit carefully to ensure that the permittee adheres
           to specified conditions.

           Ensure that methods used are in conformance with 40 CFR 136
           unless alternate approval has been obtained.

           Ensure   that  proper  chain-of-custody, accurate  flow
           measurements, field preservation techniques, and instrument
           calibration procedures are practical.
     RCRA Waste
     •    Determine which parts of the regulations are applicable to the
          site.


     •    Determine which waste analysis plans (WAPs) were in effect
          during the time of records and evaluation.

     •    Determine that the  WAPs meet  the  specifications  of  the
          regulation.

     •    Determine that each type of analysis specified in the WAPs is
          performed in accordance with the methodology specified and
          under the circumstances required.

     •    Determine that the methodology specified is adequate.


     RCRA Groundwater


     •    Determine that the sampling  and analysis plan (SAP)  is
          adequate.


     •    Determine that  the  laboratory follows  the methodology
          specified in the SAP.

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •     Determine that this methodology is adequate.
       •     Calculate detection limits to ensure that they are adequate for
             groundwater protection.

 FIELD CITATIONS AND DOCUMENTATION

 Field Citations

       The use of field citations will be predicated on policies established by
 the individual program offices.  They will be used if appropriate  forms exist
 and the universe of violations for which they apply are well defined, unless
 specifically requested not to do so.

 Other Facility Material

      A serialized, document control system should be used to ensure that
 all  facility   documents  are  readily available  when  preparing   the
 investigation report, and that all will be accounted for when the project is
 completed.   All  facility documents should be  numbered, logged in  for
 accounting purposes, provided  to the appropriate investigation personnel,
 and ultimately filed or attached to the final investigation report, depending
 on the nature  of the document.  The team  leader should have  full
 responsibility for implementing this system for  his/her  particular
 investigation(s).

      Documents  received from  a facility should  be inventoried  and a
 receipt for documents provided to the facility.   EPA laws allow for the
 copying of documents.  In some cases, facilities may not provide copies of
 requested documents so the investigators will have to provide their own
 document copying equipment (e.g., a rental portable copying machine). If
 the company  provides copies, the investigator should offer and be prepared
 to pay a reasonable cost for each copy (see FOIA guidance/procedures  for
guidance on typical costs).
                                 95

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

Project Logbook

      The team leader should provide a bound logbook to every individual
participating in the investigation.  Each investigator should maintain
his/her  own investigation logbook, and they will form  the basis for
preparing the written investigation report. All logbooks issued by EPA are
the property of EPA and should be turned over to the team leader for filing,
after the final report is completed.  In addition to documenting pertinent
observations/findings/comments,  logbooks  should also include any in situ
measurements and descriptive  information relative  to  all  sampling
operations.  Any change in the logbook should be initialed and dated.  It is
important to remember that logbooks can end up in court,  and therefore,
must only contain facts, figures, and observations.

Chain-of-Custody

      The team leader should  be responsible for  taking an adequate
number  of  sample  tags and  chain-of-custody  forms  for  the  on-site
investigation.  If possible, these should be in serialized order.  He/she
should distribute them to the team members on an as needed basis.  Each
investigator that collects samples must prepare and be custodian of all
chain-of-custody  records for those samples until they are returned to the
laboratory.  When chain-of-custody records  are no longer needed by the
sampler, the original copies  should be  given to the team leader who will
then file them for possible future use.

Photographs

      All photographs should remain in the  possession of the  investigator
that took them.  That person will also be responsible for properly labeling
the photographs so that they can be attached to the investigation report, and
making  a copy of each so they can be included in the master project file.
Each  photograph should be  given  a separate  number  for identification
purposes, when it is taken. Corresponding entries  should also be made in
the logbook.  For each numbered photograph, the photographer  should
include the following information in his/her logbook:

                                 96

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

       •    Name of photographer
       •    Date
       •    Time
       •    Subject of photograph
       •    Direction of photograph

       Additional  information  on photographs/microfilm is  presented in
 Appendix J.

 INVESTIGATION REPORT

       After the on-site investigation is completed, information obtained is
 further evaluated and findings/conclusions  are developed. An inspection
 report is then written  to present the findings, conclusions, and supporting
 information in a logical organized manner.  Reports should be prepared
 and peer-reviewed before they  are published in final form. The procedure
 involves developing a draft for  internal review, then a subsequent, revised
 draft for external (client) review.  Upon receipt of comments on the external
 review draft, a final report is prepared. The final report is  the basis for
 follow-up activities or enforcement actions that might be initiated.

      Inspection reports  are prepared by the appropriate individual or
 project team  member(s) under  the  direction of the  team  leader.   All
 participants in the report preparation process  must  assure  that  their
 individual  contributions to the report are  accurate, relevant, objective,
 clear,  fully  supportable, and  commensurate with  Agency  policy.
 Supporting information and documents used or referred to in the report are
 implicitly endorsed, unless disclaimed.  Report authors are responsible for
 determining where such  disclaimers are needed.  Although the  overall
 responsibility for the preparation and content of the reports rests with the
 project coordinator,  team members  are responsible for the quality,
 accuracy, and admissibility of information in the final report.

      Many different formats are possible for the multi-media inspection
report.  Generally, reports for the Categories C and D  inspections are
longer and require more effort  to produce a cohesive, readable  document.

                                  97

-------
MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
                             (*
The potential audience for a multi-media inspection report may be diverse
and includes not only technical peers but also managers, lawyers, judges,
reporters, informed citizens, and other non-technical readers; the reports
are written for this diverse audience.

      Readability of the longer reports may be enhanced by organizing the
report into two major sections:  the Executive Summary and the Technical
Report.   The  Executi-   Summary section clearly  states inspection
objectives,  discusses  relevant background  information,  summarizes
inspection methods, and, as appropriate, presents conclusions regarding
facility compliance which are supported by a brief summary of the findings.
The Summary  should  include  enough specifics  to accurately determine
whether a violation has occurred (e.g., "insufficient aisle space" is not all
right; "aisle space less than 15 inches" is all right). The Technical Report
section  more comprehensively describes the inspection, giving specific
details about the findings, including sample  collection and analysis, and
other pertinent  aspects of the  investigation.  Findings in the Executive
Summary must correlate  to  and  be  supported by discussion  in the
Technical  Report.

      Distribution of final reports is coordinated with the requesting office,
program office,  and Regional  counsel.  Reports containing confidential
business information (CBI) may be subject to distribution restrictions.  EPA
reports containing material asserted to be CBI by the company may not be
shared with non-Federal agencies  without obtaining specific authorization
from the company.*

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION  .

      The  Secretary of Labor and Administrator  of  EPA signed  a
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on November 23, 1990 with the goal
of establishing  a program for improved environmental and workplace
health and safety.  Implementation  of the  program is to be coordinated
primarily by the Occupational  Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
    Restrictions on distribution of CBI information are presented in 40 CFR Part 2.

                                 96

-------
 MEDIA SPECIFIC INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES

 and EPA Office of Enforcement.  Although the two agencies have worked
 cooperatively together in the past on a number of issues and investigations,
 no comprehensive structure existed to focus  that  cooperative effort
 nationally.  Having such a comprehensive structure is particularly critical,
 given the need to assure the most effective use of limited Federal resources
 and potential overlapping EPA-OSHA responsibilities.

      The MOU provides for coordinated and joint inspections of facilities
 believed to be in violation of Federal workplace or environmental standards,
 facilitates the  exchange of technical information, computer data bases, and
 other information to allow for better targeting of inspections, and provides
 for cross-training programs.

      The MOU requires  that  a number of specific  actions be taken,
 including the development of a workplan  for 1991 with subsequent annual
 workplans to be developed by the beginning of each succeeding fiscal year.
 Separate  agreements and  data  exchange will also be  developed in the
 future.

      Furthermore, all  Agency investigators  should be  aware of OSHA
requirements and be alert for potential violations of OSHA requirements.
Team leaders should be aware of appropriate  procedures to refer potential
violations to  OSHA.
                                 99

-------
REFERENCES

-------
                            REFERENCES
 1.    U.S.   Department   of   Health   and  Human  Services
      NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA.  1985.  Occupational Safety and Health
      Guidance Manual  for  Hazardous  Waste Site Activities   U.S.
      Government Printing Office.

 2.    U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.  1987.  NIOSH
      Respirator Decision Logic. DHHS Publication No. 87-108.

 3.    U.S. Department of Justice. James C. Cissel, United States Attorney,
      Southern District of Ohio.  1980.  Proving Federal Crimes.  U.S.
      Government Printing Office.

 4.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  A.D. Schwope, P.P. Costas,
      J.O. Jackson, J.O. Stull, D.J. Weitzman.  1987.  Guidelines for the
      Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing.  Prepared for the Office of
      Administration.

 5.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   Enforcement Specialist
      Office.  1987.  Federal  Environmental Criminal  Laws and Ancillary
      U.S. Code Violations.

 6.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Hazardous Waste Ground-
      Water Task Force.  1986. Protocol for Ground-Water Evaluations.
      OSWER 9080.0-1.

 7.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   National  Enforcement
      Investigations Center.    1981.   NEIC   Manual  for  Ground-
      water/Subsurface  Investigations at Hazardous  Waste Sites.  EPA-
      330/9-81-002.

 8.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   National  Enforcement
      Investigations Center.  1978 [Revised August 1991]. NEIC Policies
      and Procedures Manual.

 9.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Occupational Health and
      Safety Staff/Office of Administration. 1986.  Occupational Health and
      Safety Manual. Transmittal 1440.

10.    U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  Office of Enforcement and
      Compliance Monitoring.  1989. Basic Inspectors Training Course:
      Fundamentals of Environmental Compliance Inspections.

11.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Federal Activities.
      1989.  Generic Protocol  for  Environmental Audits of Federal
      Facilities. EPA/130/4-89/002.

-------
                         REFERENCES (cont.)


 12.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   Office of Ground-Water
      Protection.  1987.  Guidelines for Delineation of Wellhead Protertinn
      Areas.

 13.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office  of Pesticides and
      Toxic Substances.  1989.  Pesticides Inspection Manual.

 14.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Solid Waste.  1984.
      Waste Analysis Plans: A Guidance Manual. EPA/530-sw-84-012.

 15.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Toxic Substances.
      1984. TSCA Confidential Business Information Security Manual.

 16.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Waste Programs
      Enforcement. 1991. Conducting RCRA Inspections at Mixed Waste
      Facilities. OSWER 9938.9.

 17.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Waste Programs
      Enforcement.  1989.  Hazardous Waste Incinerator  Inspection
      Manual. OSWER 9938.6.

 18.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Waste Programs
      Enforcement. 1988.  Hazardous  Waste Tank  Systems Inspection
      Manual. OSWER 9938.4.

 19.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Waste Programs
      Enforcement.  ' "?Q-,  RCRA Ground-water Monitoring Systems:
      HCR.A  Compr       ve  Ground-water  Monitoring  Evaluation
      Document.  Opera^n and Maintenance Inspection Guide.  RCRA
      Laboratory Audit Inspection Guidance. OSWER 9950.4

20.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Waste Programs
      Enforcement.  1988. RCRA Inspection Manual. OSWER 9938.2a.

21.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Waste Programs
      Enforcement.   RCRA  Technical  Case  Development  Guidance
      Document. OSWER 9938.3.

22.   U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency.   Pesticides  and Toxic
      Substances Enforcement Division.  1990.  Toxic Substances Control
      Act Inspection Manual.

23.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Region  X.  1990.  KISS
      Manual. Prepared for the Basic Inspector Training Course.

-------
                        REFERENCES (cont.)


24.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Solid Waste and Emergency
      Response.  1989. Land Disposal Restrictions:  Inspection Manual.
      OSWER9938.1a.

25.    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Solid Waste and Emergency
      Response.   1991.  Land Disposal  Restrictions:   Summary nF
      Requirements. OSWER 9934.0-la.

26.    U.S. Environmental Prot ction Agency.  Office of Water Enforcement
      and Permits. May 1988. NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual

-------
                     APPENDICES

A    SUMMARY OF POLLUTION CONTROL LEGISLATION
B    MULTI-MEDIA INSPECTIONS - DEFINITIONS AND TRAINING
C    TEAM LEADER RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITIES
D    TYPES OF INFORMATION
E    SOURCES OF INFORMATION
F    PROJECT PLAN AND SAFETY PLAN EXAMPLES
G    MULTI-MEDIA INVESTIGATION EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST
H    SUGGESTED RECORDS/DOCUMENT REQUEST
I    MULTI-MEDIA CHECKLISTS
J    INVESTIGATION AUTHORITY/SUMMARY OF MAJOR
       ENVIRONMENTAL ACTS
K    EVIDENTIARY PROCEDURES FOR PHOTOGRAPHS/MICROFILM
L    KEY PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES FOR INTERVIEWING
M    SAMPLING GUIDELINES
N    LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS PROGRAM
0    SOURCES SUBPART (40 CFR PART 60) EFFECTIVE DATE OF
       STANDARD AIR POLLUTANTS SUBJECT TO NSPS
P    TSCA FORMS
Q    TSCA SECTIONS 5 AND 8 GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND ACRONYMS

-------
               APPENDIX A



SUMMARY OF POLLUTION CONTROL LEGISLATION

-------
                                                                A-1
                             Appendix A

         SUMMAEY OF POLLUTION CONTROL LEGISLATION

      This appendix is a synopsis of the  Federal approach to environmental
 regulation, EPA enforcement remedies and a summary of each of the
 major pollution control acts:  the Clean Air Act (CAA), the Clean Water Act
 (CWA),  the Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery Act  (RCRA),  the
 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
 (CERCLA/Superfund), the Toxic Substances  Control Act (TSCA),  the
 Federal  Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide  Act (FIFRA),  the  Safe
 Drinking  Water  Act (SDWA),  and  the   Emergency  Planning  and
 Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA).   Because these laws and  the
 regulations promulgated thereunder typically are very complex and  are
 continually being modified, the investigator should carefully review  the
 specific provisions  which apply to the operations  of the  facility before
 conducting an inspection.

 GENERAL FEDERAL APPROACH TO ENVIRONMENTAL
 REGULATION   :

      National standards are established to control the handling, emission,
 discharge,  and disposal  of harmful  substances.   Waste  sources  must
 comply  with  these national standards whether the  programs are
 implemented directly by EPA or delegated to the States. In many cases, the
 national standards are applied to sources through permit programs which
 control the  release of pollutants into the environment. EPA establishes the
 Federal standards and requirements and approves State programs  for
 permit issuance.

      The States can set stricter standards than those required by Federal
 law.  Some of the larger programs which have been delegated by EPA to
 qualifying States are the National Emissions  Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (NESHAP), and the Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD)
permits under  the CAA, the Water Quality Standards, and the National
Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)  programs  under the

                                                            (03/92)

-------
 A-2
 CWA, the Hazardous  Waste  Program  under RCRA, and  the  Drinking
 Water  and Underground Injection  Control  (UIC) programs under the
 SDWA.   Conversely,  TSCA  is administered entirely by  the Federal
 government; although, States may  have their own  program regulating
 PCBs and asbestos.

 EPA ENFORCEMENT OPTIONS

 •     Issuance of an Administrative   Compliance  Order,  sometimes
      preceded by a Notice of Violation*  - A Compliance Order will specify
      the nature of the violation and give a reasonable  time for compliance.
      The order, if violated, can lead to enforcement action pursuant to the
      civil and/or criminal process of environmental laws.

 •     Issuance of an  administrative complaint for civil penalties - Parties
      named in such complaints must be given notice  and an opportunity
      for a hearing  on the alleged  violations before a penalty can  be
      assessed by EPA.

 •     Under certain statutes (e.g., SDWA) EPA may take whatever  action
      is  necessary to protect the public health, in emergency situations,
      without first obtaining a judicial order.

 •     EPA generally  may go directly to Federal court seeking injunctive
      relief or a civil penalty  without using administrative procedures.
      EPA also may obtain an emergency restraining order halting activity
      alleged  to cause  "an  imminent and substantial endangerment"  or
      "imminent hazard" to the health of persons.

 •     EPA may go directly to Federal court seeking criminal sanctions
      without using administrative procedures.   Criminal penalties are
      available for "knowing" or for "willful" violations.
    A concise written statement with factual basis for alleging a violation and a specific
    reference to each regulation, act, provision or permit term allegedly violated
(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-3
      In addition, EPA may suspend and/or debar a company or party that
 fails  to comply with the environmental statutes by preventing it from
 entering into Federal contracts, loans, and grants.   In cases where  the
 party has been convicted of certain criminal offenses under the CAA or
 CWA, Federal  agencies  are expressly prohibited  from  entering  into
 contracts, etc., with that entity.

 CLEAN AIR ACT

      The Clean Air  Act (CAA), as amended in 1990, is one of  the most
 comprehensive  and  ambitious environmental statutes ever  enacted.
 Through it's various programs, it is intended to protect human health and
 the environment by  reducing emissions of specified pollutants at their
 sources,  thus allowing  the achievement and  maintenance  of maximum
 acceptable pollution  levels  in ambient air.   The  CAA  also  contains
 provisions which seek to prevent presently existing unpolluted areas from
 becoming significantly polluted in  the  future.  Regulations implementing
 the multitude of amendments enacted in  1990 will  be  promulgated
 pursuant to statutory  deadlines for  many years to come. Where regulations
 under the amendments have not yet been promulgated, requirements
 which existed prior to the 1990 amendments will continue to be enforceable
 until  amended or new requirements are promulgated.

 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

      As in prior versions of the CAA, Section 109 continues to require that
 EPA  establish NAAQS to protect public health and welfare from  air
 pollutants.   These standards  will apply in  all areas of  the  country.
 "Primary" NAAQS must be designed to protect human health while
 building in an  adequate margin for safety, whereas  "secondary" NAAQS
protect public welfare, including wildlife, vegetation, soils, water, property,
 and personal comfort.  EPA has promulgated NAAQS  for six air pollutants
(criteria  pollutants):  ozone,  carbon  monoxide  (CO),  particulate matter
(PM-10), sulfur dioxide (S02), nitrogen dioxide and lead.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-4
      State Implementation Plans (SIPs)

      The States, through adoption of plans known as SIPs, are required to
 establish procedures to achieve and maintain all NAAQS promulgated by
 EPA. EPA has designated 247 Air Quality Control Regions (AQCRs).  Each
 AQCR has been evaluated to determine whether the NAAQS for each of the
 criteria pollutants has been met.  AQCRs which do not meet the NAAQS for
 any of the criteria pollutants  are designated as "non-attainment" for those
 pollutants.  Thus, one AQCR may  be attainment for some pollutants and
 non-attainment for others.

      The SIP program  dates back to the  1970  Clean Air Act, which
 required States to promulgate SIPs  by 1972 to assure attainment of air
 quality standards by 1977. Having not met that goal, the 1977 amendments
 continued the program, requiring additional  controls designed to achieve
 attainment by 1982, or at the latest 1987. While the goals of the SIP program
 were again not reached, the 1990 amendments have further continued the
 effort, adding several requirements  which  may increase the effectiveness of
 the program, including the use of modeling and other  specified analytical
 techniques to demonstrate the ability to achieve attainment and  a  wide
 range of specified control requirements.  An additional advantage of the
 new SIP program is that under the 1990 amendments it is no longer the
 primary mechanism for  implementation  of  NAAQS.   Instead,  the
 comprehensive permit program under the  1990 amendments will assume a
 large part of that burden by detailing the specific requirements applicable to
 individual  sources,  thereby resolving any  uncertainties  as  to what
 requirements are applicable.

      A  SIP must contain  strategies  designed  to  meet  targets  for
 attainment  of  any NAAQS  for which an  area is non-attainment by
 prescribed dates.  SIPs must meet Federal requirements, but each State
 may choose its  own mix of emissions for stationary and mobile sources to
meet the NAAQS.  The deadline for attainment of primary NAAQS is no
more than five (5) years  after the area was designated non-attainment,
although EPA has  the  authority to  extend  the deadline for  up to
(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-5
 five (5) additional  years.   Attainment for secondary  NAAQS must  be
 achieved "as expeditiously as practicable."

       In order to accomplish attainment, States must impose controls  on
 existing sources to reduce  emissions  to the extent necessary to ensure
 achievement of the NAAQS. In attainment areas, new  sources and those
 which are undertaking modifications which will increase  emissions  by
 more than a de minimis amount must obtain State construction permits
 after demonstrating that anticipated emissions will not exceed allowable
 limits.  In non-attainment  areas, emissions from new or modified sources
 must be offset by emissions reductions from existing sources.

      Each State must  submit a proposed SIP to EPA for approval within
 three (3) years of designation as non-attainment. Failure to submit a SIP,
 failure to submit an adequate SIP or failure to implement a SIP may subject
 a  State to the imposition of sanctions such as increased offset ratios for
 stationary sources,  prohibition of Federal highway grants or a ban on air
 quality grants.  For ozone non-attainment areas, failure to attain the
 NAAQS  will result in  -eclassification of the area, thus imposing more
 stringent control requirements and imposition of financial penalties on
 stationary sources in severe or extreme non-attainment  areas.  Where an
 acceptable SIP  is not submitted by a State, EPA will be required to propose
 and enforce a Federal Implementation Plan for that State.   EPA and the
 States have concurrent enforcement authority for SIPs.

      Deadlines and control requirements  imposed upon non-attainment
 areas vary depending  upon the severity  of the  existing air pollution
 problem, with  correspondingly more stringent  control requirements and
 longer deadlines applying to  more polluted areas. The CAA creates five (5)
 classes of ozone non-attainment and two (2) categories each for carbon
 monoxide and PM-10 non-attainment areas.

      Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSm

      The purpose of PSD, which remains largely unchanged by the 1990
amendments, is to  avoid significant future degradation of the nation's

                                                              (03/92) .

-------
 A-6
 clean air areas. A clean air area is one where the air quality is better than
 the ambient  primary or secondary standard.  Designation is pollutant
 specific  so that an area can be non-attainment for one pollutant but clean
 for another.  PSD applies only to new and modified sources in attainment
 areas.  Clean air  areas are divided into  three categories:  Class I includes
 wilderness areas  and other pristine areas, where only minor air quality
 degradation is allowed;  Class II  includes all other attainment and non-
 classified areas where moderate degradation is permitted; and Class III
 includes selected areas that  States  designate  for  development  where
 substantial degradation is permitted.  In no case would PSD allow  air
 quality to deteriorate below secondary NAAQS.

      "Baseline" is the existing air quality for the area at the time the first
 PSD  permit  is  applied for.  "Increments" are the maximum amount  of
 deterioration that can occur in  a clean air area over baseline.  Increments
 in Class I areas are smaller than those for Class II areas and  Class  II
 increments are  smaller than those for Class III  areas.  For purposes  of
 PSD, a  major emitting  source  is one which falls within 28 designated
 categories and emits or has the potential to emit more than 100  tons per
 year of the designated air pollutant.   A  source that is not within the 28
 designated categories is a major source if it emits more than 250  tons per
 year.  Modifications  to major sources that will result in a "significant net
 emissions increase" of any regulated pollutant are also subject to PSD. The
 amount of emissions which qualifies as significant varies for the regulated
 pollutants.

      Under  this  program, new "major  stationary sources" and "major
 modifications" to such sources located  in attainment areas must obtain a
 permit before beginning construction.   Permit  requirements  include
 installation of Best Available Control Technology (BACT) for each regulated
 pollutant emitted in significant  amounts, assurance  that the  new
 emissions will not  exceed NAAQS or any maximum allowable "increment"
 for  the area, and  assurance that the new emissions will not adversely
impact any other air  quality related values, such as visibility, vegetation or
soils.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-7
 Hazardous Air Pollutants

      Prior to the enactment of the  1990 amendments, Section 112 of the
 CAA required the  establishment  of National Emission  Standards for
 Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs) to regulate exposure to dangerous
 air pollutants that are so localized that the  establishment of NAAQS is not
 justified.  NESHAP standards were to be based on health effects, with
 strong reliance on technological capabilities. They applied to both existing
 and new stationary sources.  During the 20 years in which this program
 existed,  effective regulations for only seven (7) substances were enacted:
 benzene, beryllium, asbestos, mercury,  vinyl  chloride, arsenic, and
 radionuclide emissions.

      As rewritten in 1990,  the goal of Section 112 remains the same - to
 protect public health and the  environment from toxic air pollutants for
 which NAAQS will not be established.  While the new program requires
 standards to be set for categories and subcategories of sources that emit
 hazardous air pollutants, rather than for the air pollutants themselves  as
 under the NESHAP program, the seven (7) NESHAPs promulgated prior to
 the amendments will generally remain applicable until they are revised
 pursuant to the timetables established in the new Section 112.

      Under the  1990 amendments, two types of sources  have been
 identified  for  purposes of establishing  emission  standards -  "major
 sources", which include stationary sources or a group of stationary sources
 within a contiguous area and under common control that emit or have the
 potential to emit 10 tons per year of a single listed hazardous air pollutant
 or 25 tons per year of any combination of listed hazardous  air pollutants;
 and  "area  sources", which  include numerous small sources  that  may
 cumulatively produce significant quantities of a pollutant  resulting in a
 threat of adverse effects on human health or the environment.  An initial
 list of 189 air pollutants requiring regulation was established by Congress
 and EPA has been  tasked with the  responsibility for establishing lists  of
 categories and subcategories of major sources and area sources subject  to
emission standards.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-8
       Maior Sources

       EPA is required to set technology-based standards for sources of the
 listed pollutants which are designed to achieve "the maximum degree  of
 reduction in emissions" (Maximum  Achievable Control  Technology  -
 MACT)   while  taking  into  account  costs and  other  health  and
 environmental impacts.  The standards for new sources "shall not be less
 stringent  than  the most stringent emissions level  that is achieved in
 practice by the best controlled similar source" in the same category or
 subcategory.  For existing sources,  the standards may be less stringent
 than those for new sources, but in most circumstances  must  be no less
 stringent than the emissions control achieved by the best performing 12% of
 sources in the category or subcategory [or five  (5) sources in a category with
 less than 30  sources].  Existing sources are given  three (3) years following
 the promulgation of standards to achieve compliance, with the possibility of
 a one- (l)-year extension. Sources that voluntarily reduce emissions by 90%
 before an applicable MACT is proposed (95% for hazardous particulates)
 may be granted one (1) six- (6)-year extension  from the MACT. Solid waste
 incinerators  will be required to comply with both  these hazardous air
 pollutant standards and  the new source  performance standards  to be
 promulgated pursuant to Section 111 of the CAA.

      The second provision of Section  112  relating to major sources sets
 health-based  standards to address  situations  in  which a significant
 residual risk  of adverse health effects or a threat of adverse environmental
 effects remains  after  installation of  MACT.  Within six (6) years of
 enactment of the CAA, and after consultation with the Surgeon General
 and opportunity for public comment, EPA must  report  to  Congress
 regarding the  public  health  significance of the  residual  risks,
 technologically and commercially available methods and costs of reducing
 such risks and legislative recommendations to address such residual risks.
 If Congress does not act on the  recommendations submitted by EPA, the
EPA  must issue  residual risk  standards   for  listed  categories and
subcategories of sources as necessary to  protect public health with an
ample margin of safety or to prevent adverse environmental effects.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-9
      Area Sources

      The goal of the area source program is to reduce the incidence of
 cancer attributable to stationary area sources by at least 75% through a
 comprehensive national strategy for emissions control in urban areas. By
 November 15, 1995, EPA is  required  to identify  the  30  hazardous air
 pollutants emitted from area sources that pose the most significant risks to
 public health in  the largest number of urban  areas and  the  source
 categories  and  subcategories  of  those  pollutants.    Area  sources
 representing at least 90% of the emissions of the 30 identified pollutants will
 be subject to regulations to be promulgated by EPA by November 15, 2000.

      Prevention of Sudden Catastrophic Releases

      As added by the 1990 amendments, Section 112 of the CAA imposes a
 general duty on owners and operators of stationary sources which  handle
 hazardous substances to: identify hazards which  may result from releases,
 design and maintain safe  facilities, take action to  prevent releases,  and
 minimize the  consequences of accidental releases that  do  occur.   It also
 requires  EPA  to promulgate a list of substances  which, in the  event of an
 accidental release,  may reasonably be anticipated to  cause death, injury, or
 serious  adverse health and environmental  effects, as well as threshold
 quantities for each of those regulated substances.  Requirements for release
 prevention, detection and  correction of regulated  substances must be
 promulgated by EPA.  Among the requirements will be preparation and
 implementation of risk management plans by owners  and operators of
 facilities  with regulated amounts greater than the threshold quantity.

      Emergency policies and the opportunity to secure relief in the district
 courts is provided to EPA to protect against an imminent and  substantial
 endangerment to health or the environment as  a result of an actual or
 threatened release  of a regulated substance.  An independent, five-member
Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board to be  appointed by the
President will  investigate any  accidental release  that results in a fatality,
serious injury  or substantial property damage, and will issue  a report to
EPA  and  OSHA  recommending   regulations  for  preparing  risk

                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-10
 management  plans and general  requirements  for  preventing  and
 mitigating the potential adverse effects of accidental releases.

       New Source Performance Standards (NSPS)

       With the exception of the  extension and establishment of deadlines
 for EPA's proposal  of various regulations, the NSPS program remains
 largely unchanged by the 1990 amendments.  NSPS establishes nationally
 uniform,  technology-based  standards for  categories of new  industrial
 facilities  by  providing maximum emission levels for  new or extensively
 modified major stationary sources. The emission levels are determined by
 the  best  "adequately  demonstrated"   continuous  control technology
 available, taking costs  into account.  Regulations  for source  categories
 listed prior to November 15, 1990, must be proposed in phases, beginning on
 November 15, 1992.  Standards for new categories listed after November 15,
 1990, must be proposed within one (1) year of listing and must be finalized
 within one (1) year after proposal.

      The owner or operator of a new or extensively modified major source
 is required to demonstrate compliance with an applicable NSPS within
 180 days of initial start-up of the facility and at other times required by EPA.
 Primary authority for enforcement of NSPS lies with EPA unless that
 authority  is delegated to States, in which case EPA and the States have
 concurrent enforcement  authority.

 Emission Standards for Mobile
      Section 202 of the CAA directs EPA to regulate air pollutants emitted
by motor vehicles which "cause, or contribute to air pollution which may
reasonably be  anticipated to endanger public health or welfare."   In
response, the Agency has set standards governing motor vehicle emissions
of carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, oxides of nitrogen and particulates.
These standards have given rise to the emission control systems that first
appeared in automobiles in the early  1970s.  The CAA generally prohibits
the removal (or rendering inoperative) of any emission control device that
was installed by the vehicle manufacturer in order to meet the applicable

(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-11
 emission standards.  Most States have enacted similar laws enforcing this
 prohibition and/or have incorporated such prohibitions as part of their SIP.

       The CAA provides EPA with the authority to control or prohibit the
 use of fuels  which  pose  a public health risk or  which "impair to  a
 significant degree the performance of any  emission control  device  or
 system."  The Agency's regulations are based upon both of these rationales.
 (The best example of this is the regulations governing the lead content of
 gasoline.)  Enforcement of the fuel standards is  achieved through  a
 combination of Federal and State efforts, and is based, in part,  upon SIP
 provisions and/or State laws.

       The 1990 amendments tightened emission standards for both heavy
 duty and light duty vehicles. These standards  take effect at different times
 for different types of vehicles, beginning in 1994.

      Beginning in 1995, "reformulated"  gasoline limiting emissions of air
 pollutants must be sold in the nine worst ozone non-attainment areas (Los
 Angeles,  San Diego, Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  New York, Hartford,
 Chicago, and Milwaukee).  Other ozone non-attainment areas may elect to
 use reformulated gasoline as it becomes more widely available.

      Two "alternative ,uel" programs are expected  to reduce emissions in
 the  most seriously polluted areas.  California will develop a program
 requiring introduction of low emission  vehicles and ultra low emission
 vehicles  beginning in 1996.  Additionally,  in  more than 20 metropolitan
 areas,  fleets of 10 or more vehicles are required to phase in usage of "clean
 fuel vehicles" beginning in 1998.

 Acid Rain Control

      The acid rain program, added to the CAA  by the 1990 amendments,
primarily impacts emissions of sulfur dioxide (SO2)  and  nitrogen oxides
(NOx)  from powerplants.   It  requires  establishment of specific NOx
emission rate  limitations and implementation  of a two-phase reduction of
SC-2 emissions  by the year 2000.

                                                               (03/92)

-------
 A-12
      As determined by a formula based on 1985 SO2 emissions and 1985 to
 87 annual  average  fuel  consumption  for  individual powerplants.
 marketable allowances are to be allocated to powerplants by EPA.  As a
 general rule, only powerplants operating prior to November 15, 1990, will
 receive an allocation of allowances for S02 emissions.  New units which
 begin operation after November  15, 1990, will be required to obtain offset
 allowances from existing facilities in order to continue operation after the
 year 2000.  Allowances can be bought, sold,  shared with  other regulated
 units or banked for future use. Facilities are not allowed to emit more S02
 than the amount for which they hold allowances.

      Penalties will be imposed at the rate of $2,000 per excess ton of SO2 on
 any facility which does not have sufficient allowances to cover  its  S02
 emissions.  Additionally, any offending facility will be required to reduce its
 SO2 emissions by one ton  the following year for each  ton of excess  SO2
 emitted.

 Stratospheric Ozone Protection Program

      Another  program added by the 1990 amendments is  designed to
 protect the earth's stratospheric ozone  layer by phasing out production and
 use of ozone-depleting substances, providing limited exemptions for  uses
 such as medical, aviation, and  fire-suppression.  Production of Class  I
 substances, those with the  greatest depleting potential, will generally be
prohibited after January 1,  2000.  Production of Class II substances, those
with less depleting potential, will be prohibited after January 1, 2030.  EPA
is  required  to promulgate  rules governing issuance  of production
allowances for Class I and II substances and banning the production, after
November 15, 1992,  of non-essential  products  that release Class  I
substances.

Permitting

      Under the Clean Air Act as it existed prior to the 1990 amendments,
permits were required for only a limited number of facilities.  While these
requirements  will  continue to  apply  until  new   regulations   are

(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-13
 promulgated, the 1990 amendments have expanded the permit program to
 require most regulated stationary sources to have permits.

      The new permitting program, patterned after the NPDES program,
 is designed to consolidate all operation and control requirements in one
 permit.  However, unlike the NPDES  program which focuses on individual
 sources within a facility, air permits are expected to be issued to a facility as
 a whole.  As a result of this comprehensive program, greater consistency is
 expected and facilities will not be subjected to conflicting requirements.

      Permits are  required for any  facility that  qualifies  as  a "major
 source", which generally includes any source emitting more than 100 tons
 of pollutants per year, but extends to smaller sources in the more seriously
 polluted  non-attainment  areas.   Permits are  also  required  for major
 sources and area sources subject to regulation for emissions of hazardous
 air pollutants under Section 112 and all sources subject to NSPS.

      Regulations  establishing the  numerous requirements for state
 permit programs must be promulgated by EPA by November 15, 1991.
 States must then develop and submit to  EPA an operating permit program
 for approval by November  15, 1993.   If all or any part  of the program is
 disapproved by EPA, the States must correct the deficiencies and resubmit
 the program.  A failure to timely submit a  program or correct deficiencies
 will  result in sanctions.  If a program is not completely approved within
 2 years after initial submission of the program to EPA or by November  15,
 1995, whichever is earlier, EPA must promulgate and administer a permit
 program for the State.

      Permit applications must be  filed within 12 months after the permit
 program takes effect and must include a compliance plan for the facility.
 The  permits, as issued, will contain enforceable  emission  limitations and
 standards,  a schedule of compliance, and compliance certification,
inspection, entry, monitoring and reporting requirements.   Compliance
with a permit will, to  some extent,  shield a  source from enforcement
actions.   The extent  of the protection provided by  compliance will  be
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-14
 governed  by  EPA's  permitting  regulations  to be  promulgated  by
 November 15, 1991.

 Enforcement

      The  1990  Amendments  greatly  expanded enforcement options
 available under  the CAA and  impose heavy penalties, both  civil and
 criminal, for violations of the Act.

      Administrative penalties of up to $25,000 per day, to a maximum of
 $200,000, may be imposed by  EPA for violations of any requirement,
 prohibition, permit, rule, or order without the  initiation  of a  court
 proceeding.  These penalties can be overturned only if, on judicial review,
 they are not supported by substantial evidence. Field investigators are also
 authorized to issue "field citations" imposing penalties of up to $5,000 per
 day per  violation for  minor violations   observed  while  on   site.
 Administrative orders  requiring specific actions  to comply with the  CAA
 may be issued  where  compliance  can be  achieved  within  1  year.
 Additionally, private citizens  are now authorized to bring citizen suits
 seeking civil penalties for violations of the CAA where neither EPA nor the
 State is "diligently prosecuting  a civil action" to  require compliance,  or
 seeking to compel EPA to discharge a non-discretionary duty, such  as
 promulgating regulations by statutory deadlines.

      Knowing violations of many provisions of the CAA qualify as felony
 crimes, punishable by fines for individuals of up to $250,000  and
imprisonment up to 5 years, with each day counting as a separate violation.
 Fines for corporations may be up to $500,000 per day per violation. Penalties
may be doubled  for second convictions.  The  negligent release  of a
hazardous air pollutant or extremely hazardous  substance under SARA
that puts another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily
injury  is punishable by fines and imprisonment for up to 1  year, while
knowingly releasing  such substances is punishable by up to $250,000 per
day and 15 years imprisonment for individuals and up to $1 million per day
for businesses.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                A-15
      EPA  is also authorized to pay a "bounty" of up  to  $10,000  for
 information  leading to a criminal conviction or a judicial or administrative
 civil penalty for violations of the CAA.

      The CAA contains a presumption that once a violation which is likely
 to be of a continuing nature is proven, the violation is presumed to continue
 until full compliance is achieved unless the defendant can prove that  the
 violation ceased.

 CLEAN WATER ACT (FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT)

      Through the 1950s and 1960s, emphasis  was on the States setting
 ambient water quality standards and developing plans to achieve these
 standards.   In 1972,  the  Federal Water Pollution Control Act was
 significantly amended.  These changes  emphasized a new approach,
 combining  water  quality  standards  and  effluent  limitations  (i.e.,
 technology-based standards).  The amendments called for compliance by all
 point-source discharges with the technology-based standards.  A strong
 Federal enforcement program was  created and substantial monies were
 made available for construction of sewage treatment plants.  The Federal
 Water Pollution Control Act was amended in 1977 to address toxic water
 pollutants and in 1987  to refine and strengthen priorities under the Act as
 well  as  enhance  EPA's  enforcement authority.   Since  the  1977
 amendments, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has been commonly
 referred to as the Clean Water Act (CWA).

 State Water Quality Standards and Water Quality Management Plans

      Section 303 of the  CWA authorizes the States to establish ambient
 water quality standards and water quality management plans.  If national
 technology standards are not sufficient to attain desired stream water
 quality, the  State  shall set  maximum daily allowable pollutant loads
 (including toxic pollutants) for  these waters and, accordingly, determine
 effluent limits and compliance schedules for point sources  to  meet the
maximum daily allowable loads.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-16
 The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination (NPDES) Program

      This program was established by Section 402 of the CWA and, under
 it, EPA and approved States have issued more than 50,000 NPDES permits.
 Permits are required for  all point sources from which pollutants  are
 discharged to navigable  waters.  An NPDES permit  is required for any
 direct  discharge  from new  or  existing sources.   Indirect  discharges
 through POTWs are regulated under a separate program (see discussion of
 pretreatment standards below). In 1979 and 1980, the permit program was
 revised and one of the new features was the use of Best Management
 Practices  (BMPs)  on a case-by-case basis to minimize the introduction of
 toxic and  hazardous substances  into surface waters.  BMPs are industry
 practices  used  to  reduce secondary pollution (e.g., raw material storage
 piles shall be covered and protected against  rain and runoff).  BMPs do not
 have numerical limits and, therefore, are different from effluent limits.

      Section 304 of the CWA sets  restrictions on the amount of pollutants
 discharged at industrial plant  outfalls.  Amounts are usually expressed as
 weight per unit of product (i.e., 0.5  lb/1,000 Ib product manufactured).  The
 standards  are different for each industry. Effluent guidelines are applied to
individual plants through the NPDES permit program.

      There are three levels of technology for existing industrial sources:
 Best Practicable Control Technology (BPT),  Best Conventional Technology
(BCT),  and  Best Available Technology Economically Achievable (BAT).
Under the 1972  Act, BPT was intended to be put in place by industry in 1977
and  BAT  in 1983.   These timetables have  been modified by subsequent
amendments.

      The 1987 CWA Amendments modified the compliance deadlines for
the following:

      •     BPT limits requiring a substantially greater level of control
           based on a fundamentally different control technology

      •     BAT for priority toxic pollutants

(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-17
       •    BAT for other toxic pollutants

       •    BAT for nonconventional pollutants

       •    BCT for conventional pollutants

 For  each  technology  the  new  deadline  requires  compliance  "as
 expeditiously as practicable, but in no case later than 3 years after the date
 such limitations are promulgated. .  .and in no case later than March 31,
 1989."

      New Source  Performance Standards  (NSPS) are closely related to
 BAT for existing sources but are not quite the same. NSPS are different for
 each industrial category.  These standards must be achieved when the new
 industrial source begins to discharge. NSPS permits will be effective for a
 period of 10 years vs. 5 years or less for the BPT and BAT-type permits. This
 10-year protection insulates against change in BCT or BAT requirements
 but does not hold against Section 307(a) toxic pollutant standards or against
 "surrogate" pollutants  that  are used to control hazardous  or toxic
 pollutants.

      A permit application must be made.  Adequate information must be
 submitted including basic facility descriptions,  SIC codes, regulated
 activities,  lists of current environmental permits,  descriptions  of all
 outfalls, drawings, flows, treatment, production, compliance schedules,
 effluent characteristics, use of toxics, potential discharges,  and bio-assay
 toxicity tests performed.

      Applicants must conduct analytical testing for pollutants for BOD,
 COD, TOC, TSS,  ammonia,  temperature,  and  pH.  The applicant,  if
included within  any of the 34  "primary industry" categories, must sample
for all  toxic metals, cyanide, and  phenols given  in EPA  Application
Form 2C and for specified organic toxic pollutant fractions.
                                                               (03/92)

-------
 A-18
      The applicant must list hazardous substances believed to be present
 at the industrial plant.  Testing is not required but analytical results must
 be provided, if available.

      NPDES Permit

      The NPDES permit, issued by EPA or the State, enforces Federal
 effluent limitations promulgated for individual  industrial categories;
 NSPS;  toxic effluent standards; State water  quality standards  under
 Section 303  of the CWA, if any are applicable; and hazardous substances
 otherwise regulated under Section 311 of the CWA that may be incorporated
 under the NPDES permit instead. Permit elements include  the amount of
 pollutants to be discharged expressed in terms of average monthly and
 maximum daily  loads; compliance schedules, if applicable  standards
 cannot be met now; and monitoring, testing, and reporting requirements.

      Routine Noncompliance Reports - The Discharge Monitoring Form

      The Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) gives  a summary  of the
 discharger's  records   on  a  monthly  or  quarterly  basis  for  flow
 measurement, sample collection,  and laboratory analyses.  Noncompliance
 reports must be  submitted quarterly on the  cause  of noncomplying
 discharges, period of noncompliance, expected return  to  compliance and
 plans to minimize or eliminate recurrence of incident.

      Emergency Reporting

      •    Health:  EPA shall be notified within 24 hours  of noncompli-
           ance involving discharge of toxic pollutants, threat to drinking
           water, or injury to human health.

      •    Bypass:  Noncompliance due to intentional diversion of waste
           shall be reported promptly to the permitting agency and may be
           permissible if essential  to prevent loss  of life or serious
           property damage.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-19
      •     Upset:  Temporary noncompliance due to factors beyond the
            reasonable control of the permittee shall be promptly reported
            to the agency.

      The 1987 CWA Amendments establish a schedule for the regulation
of municipal and  industrial stormwater discharges under NPDES permits.
Initially, (before October 1, 1992), only major dischargers and those who are
significant contributors of pollutants will be required to obtain permits.

Pretreatment Standards for Indirect  Discharges to  Publicly-Owned
Treatment Works

      Coverage

      New  and existing industrial users who discharge to  POTWs are
subject to general and categorical pretreatment standards.  The categorical
standards are primarily directed to control of toxic pollutants in specific
industries.  Note that localities with approved pretreatment programs may
have imposed local limits, which are enforceable by EPA.

      Requirements

      *    General Pretreatment Standards

           Prohibit  fire or explosion hazards, corrosivity, solid or viscous
           obstructions, "slug" discharges, and heat sufficient to inhibit
           biological activity at POTWs.

      •    Categorical Standards

                 Standards  to be expressed  as concentration  limits  or
                 mass weight per unit of production.

                 Source  must  be  in  compliance 3 years   after
                 promulgation of standards.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-20
                 Variances can be obtained for fundamentally different
                 factors or if industrial pollutants are consistently being
                 removed by POTW.

      •     Reports

            Users must provide appropriate agency (EPA, State, or POTWs
            having  approved  pretreatment programs)  with  basic
            information;  SIC  code;   average  and  maximum  daily
            discharge; characteristics or pollutants, applicable standards
            and certification whether standards are being met and, if not,
            what pretreatment is necessary; and a compliance schedule.

      •     Monitoring. Sampling, and Analysis

            Users shall submit sampling data for each regulated pollutant
            in discharge.

      •     Progress Reports

            Reports  and  information shall be submitted at  6-month
            intervals.

Nonpoint Source Pollution Control

      Section 208 of the  CWA provides for control of nonpoint  source
pollution and directs  States to establish planning bodies to formulate area-
wide pollution control plans. NPDES permits cannot be issued where the
permit may conflict with an approved Section 208 plan.

      The 1987 CWA Amendments require States  or EPA to develop
nonpoint source management programs under Section 319.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-21
 Municipal and Industrial Stormwater Discharges

      For some time there has been  considerable debate over whether
 permits should be required for stormwater discharges from point sources,
 particularly those municipal or industrial discharges which may well
 contain toxic and other pollutants.  The 1987 Amendments provide that five
 (5) types of stormwater discharges will be regulated under NPDES:

      1.     Discharges which have NPDES permits issued as of February
            1987
      2.     Discharges "associated with industrial activity"
      3.     Discharges "from a municipal separate storm sewer system
            serving a population of 250,000 or more"
      4.     Discharges "from a municipal separate storm sewer system
            serving a population of 100,000 or more but less than 250,000"
      5.     Other discharges designated by the EPA administrator or the
            State  if such discharge "contributes to  a violation of a water
            quality standard  or is a significant contributor of pollutants to
            waters of the United States"

      Final  regulations  governing  stormwater  discharges   were
promulgated in November 1990.

Dredge or Fill Discharge  Permit Program

      Section 404  of the CWA regulates the discharge of dredged or fill
material into waters of the United States. Dredged material is excavated  or
dredged from a water body.  Fill material is that material used to replace
water with dry land. The Section 404 permit program is administered by
the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.   EPA provides guidelines for the
issuance of permits by  the  Corps of Engineers.  States may assume
responsibility for portions of the program.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-22
 Discharge of Oil and Hazardous Substances

       Section  311 of the  CWA prohibits discharges  of oil  or  hazardous
 substances in quantities that may be harmful to waters of the United States.
 The appropriate Federal agency must be immediately notified of any spill of
 a "reportable quantity."   Section 311  provides for cleanup of spills and
 requires  plans  for  preparation  of  Spill Prevention,  Control,  and
 Counter-measures  (SPCC) plans.

       Over 300 substances have been defined as hazardous under Section
 311 and each  of  these substances has a  "reportable  quantity" (40 CFR,
 Parts 116 and 117,  1980).

       A person or corporation who  properly notifies the Agency of the
 discharge of a reportable quantity  of oil or hazardous substance is immune
 from criminal  prosecution but is  liable for civil penalties.  Additionally,
 those who  cause the spill are liable for the costs of cleanup and removal.  If
 the Federal government must clean up the spill, the discharger of the spill
 is liable for cleanup costs.  There  are maximum liability limits depending
 upon the type of facility and spill.  These limits do not apply if the discharge
 resulted from willful negligence or willful misconduct of the owner.

      Certain discharges of oil and hazardous material that flow from a
 point  source may be  excluded  from  Section 311 liability  if,  during
 preparation  of the NPDES permit covering that facility, conditions are
 added to the permit to avoid the occurrence of a spill.

 Enforcement

      Section 309  of the CWA provides  several enforcement options which
 can result in large  penalties to violators.

      Criminal violations can result  in penalties for individuals of up to
 $250,000 and imprisonment for  15 years for "knowing endangerment",
while  penalties against organizations  for similar violations  can reach
$1,000,000.  "Knowing violations" result in fines of $5,000 to $50,000 per day

(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-23
 and imprisonment of up  to 3  years  per day  of violation.  "Negligent
 violations"  carry penalties of  $2,500  to $25,000  and  up to  1 year
 imprisonment per dav of violation. Falsification of reports is punishable by
 a $10,000 fine and imprisonment of up to 2 years.  All  penalties  may be
 doubled for second offenses.

      Civil penalties may be assessed in an amount up to $25,000 per day of
 violation. Factors to be considered by the  court in determining the  amount
 of a civil penalty include  the seriousness of the violation, the  economic
 benefit to the defendant as a result of the violation, compliance history,
 good-faith efforts applied by the violator  and the economic impact of the
 penalty on the violator.

      Administrative penalties  may also be imposed against  violators
 through the  initiation  of  an  administrative  penalty  proceeding.
 Section 309(g) provide for  two classes  of  penalties, Class I and Class II,
 which differ with respect to the limits  on the penalties which  can be
 imposed  and the procedures which must be followed in order to  impose
 those penalties.

 RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT OF 1976 (RCRA)*

      RCRA, as enacted in  1976, was designed to establish "cradle-to-
 grave" control of hazardous wastes by imposing extensive requirements on
 those who generate and/or handle *uch  wastes. RCRA applies primarily to
 current activities at active facilities, yet there is authority for addressing
imminent hazards and  for taking corrective actions  based upon past
 actions.  Although RCRA has  been amended  several  times, the most
 significant amendments are the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments
(HSWA) of 1984.  HSWA requires, among other things, that regulations be
promulgated to address underground storage tanks, to establish a schedule
for restricting/prohibiting the land disposal of hazardous wastes,  and to
revamp the toxicity characteristic as a means for determining whether a
      43 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. and Solid Waste Disposal Act amendments of 1980, P.L. 96-
      482, 94 Stat. 2334.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-24
 waste  is  hazardous.   (The  process of  promulgating  implementing
 regulations in these areas is ongoing but almost is complete.)

      Solid wastes, if land disposed, are regulated through State programs
 under Subtitle D of RCRA.  Hazardous solid wastes are subject to regulation
 in their generation,  transport, treatment, storage,  and disposal under
 Subtitle C of RCRA.  Subtitle C of the statute authorizes a comprehensive
 Federal program to regulate hazardous wastes from generation to ultimate
 disposal.  A waste is  hazardous under Subtitle C if it is listed by EPA as
 hazardous, or it exhibits a hazardous  characteristic (corrosivity, reactivity,
 ignitability, and toxicity) and is not delisted or excluded from regulation.
 There are special management  provisions for hazardous wastes created by
 small quantity generators  and  hazardous wastes that are intended to be
 reused or recycled.

      Solid waste includes garbage, refuse and sludge, other solid, liquid,
 semi-solid, or contained gaseous material which is  discarded, has  served
 its intended purpose, or is a mining  or manufacturing byproduct.  Most
 industrial and commercial  byproducts can  qualify  as a solid  waste.
 Exclusions from solid waste include  domestic sewage, irrigation  return
 flows, materials defined by the  Atomic Energy Act, in situ mining waste
 and NPDES point sources.

      Solid wastes excluded from regulation as hazardous solid wastes are
household waste; crop or animal waste; mining overburden and wastes
from processing and benefication of ores and minerals; flyash, bottom ash
waste, slag waste and flue gas emission control waste and drilling fluids
from energy development.  A waste can be "delisted"  from the  hazardous
waste listing or excluded for other reasons.  Some materials intended to be
reused or recycled are not fully regulated as solid/hazardous wastes, while
others,  depending upon the  type  of  waste generated and the  recycling
process  used, are fully regulated.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-25

List of Hazardous Wastes

      Hazardous waste streams from specific major industry groups and
some generic sources (40 CFR, Part 261, Subpart D, §261.31 and 261.32) and
well over 200 toxic commercial chemical wastes (i.e., discarded commercial
chemical products and chemical intermediates) are included on  the list of
hazardous waste (40 CFR §261.33).  If a commercial chemical substance is
on  the list,  its  off-spec  species is also considered  hazardous when
discarded, as are spill  residues.  Some of the listed wastes are acutely toxic
and are more closely regulated than other hazardous wastes [see 40 CFR
§§261.33(e), 261.5(e), and 261.7(bX3)].

Special Management Provisions

•     Small Quantity Generators

      Small quantity generators are those that generate less than 1,000 kg
      per  month of hazardous waste.  There are  two classes of small
      quantity generators:

      1.    Generators of between 100 and 1,000 kg per month that are
           subject to  most of the requirements of 40 CFR Part 262 which
           apply to  fully  regulated generators,  except that  they are
           allowed to accumulate up to 6,000 kg of hazardous waste and to
           store waste for up to 180 to 270 days.

     2.    Generators of less than 100 kg per month that are exempt from
           regulation under 40 CFR Part 262  so long as they do not
           accumulate greater than 1,000 kg of hazardous waste, properly
           identify their wastes, and comply with the less stringent waste
           treatment, storage and/or disposal requirements of 40  CFR
           §261.5.

     Note that the classification of the generator is a function of the total
     wastes generated in a calendar month,  not each waste stream.  In
     addition, for acutely toxic wastes, if more  than 1  kg per  month of

                                                              (03/92).

-------
 A-26
       waste or 100  kg per month of spill residues are generated, all
       quantities of that waste are fully regulated.

       Recycling or Reuse

       The type of waste generated and/or the recycling process employed
       will determine whether recycled/reused materials  are  a solid/
       hazardous waste.  Some  of these materials are not  considered solid
       wastes, some are solid wastes but not hazardous wastes, while others
       are hazardous but are not subject to full regulation, and still other of
       these materials are both solid and  hazardous wastes that are fully
       regulated. The circumstances surrounding the apparent recycling/
       reuse of waste materials  should be thoroughly documented during
       inspection.

       Land Disposal Restrictions

       A major feature of HSWA is the schedule for prohibiting the land
       disposal of untreated hazardous  wastes.    The  key dates  and
       statutory/regulatory requirements are as follows:

            May 8, 1985 - Landfilling of  bulk or noncontainerized liquid
            hazardous waste  or  free liquids  in  hazardous waste is
            prohibited.

            November 8, 1986 -  Land disposal of certain solvents, as well as
            dioxin  containing  hazardous wastes  (F-series  wastes) is
            prohibited unless treatment standards are met.

           July 8, 1987 - Land disposal of hazardous wastes listed in
           Section 3004(d)(2) of RCRA (the "California list") is prohibited
           unless treatment standards are met.

           August 8, 1988 - Land disposal of 1st Third of listed hazardous
           wastes (primarily  F  and  K wastes)  is  prohibited  unless
           treatment standards are met.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                A-27
            June 8, 1989 - Land disposal of 2nd Third of listed hazardous
            wastes (F, K, U, and P wastes) is prohibited unless treatment
            standards are met.

            May 8, 1990 -  Land disposal of 3rd Third of listed hazardous
            wastes (the remaining listed wastes) as well  as wastes
            exhibiting  hazardous characteristics  is prohibited unless
            treatment standards are met.

Requirements for Generators

•     Identification -  Hazardous wastes must be identified  by list, testing,
      or experience and assigned waste identification numbers.

'     Notification -  No later than 90 days  after a hazardous  waste is
      identified or listed in 40 CFR,  Part 261, a notification is to be filed with
      EPA or an authorized State.  An EPA identification number must be
      received.

•     Manifest  System -  Implement the manifest system and follow
      procedures  for  tracking and reporting shipments.  Beginning
      September 1, 1985, a waste minimization statement is to be signed by
      the generator [see RCRA Section 3002(b)].

*     Packing - Implement packaging, labeling, marking,  and placarding
      requirements prescribed by DOT regulations (40 CFR,  Parts 172, 173,
      178, and 179).

•     Annual  Report -  Submittal  required  March  1  using  EPA
      Form 8700-13.

•     Exception Reports - When generator does not receive signed copy of
      manifest from designated TSDF within 45 days, the generator sends
     40 CFR Part 262

                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-28
      Exception  Report to EPA including copy of manifest and letter
      describing efforts made to locate waste and findings.

 •     Accumulation - When waste is accumulated for less than 90 days,
      generator  shall comply  with special  requirements  including
      contingency plan, prevention plan, and staff training (40 CFR,
      Part 265, Subparts C, D, J, and 265.16).

 *     Permit for Storage More Than 90 Days - If hazardous wastes are
      retained on-site  more than  90 days, generator is  subject to  all
      requirements applicable to TSDFs and must obtain a RCRA permit.

Requirements for Transporters*

 •     Notification -  No later than 90  days after  a hazardous waste is
      identified or listed in 40 CFR, Part 261, a notification is to be filed with
      EPA or an authorized State.  Receive EPA identification number.

 •     Manifest  System  - The transporter must fully implement  the
      manifest system.  The transporter signs and dates manifest, returns
      one copy to generator, assures that manifest accompanies waste,
      obtains date and signature of TSDF or next receiver and retains one
      copy of the manifest for himself.

•     Delivery to TSDF - The waste is delivered only to designated TSDF or
      alternate.

•     Record Retention - Transporter retains copies of manifest signed by
      generator, himself, and accepting TSDF or receiver and keeps these
      records for a minimum of 3 years.

•     Discharges - If discharges occur,  notice shall be given to National
      Response Center.  Appropriate immediate action  shall be taken to
*     40 CFR Part 263
(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-29
      protect health  and the environment and a written report shall  be
      made to the DOT.

Requirements for Treatment. Storage, or Disposal Facilities (TSDFs)*

•     Notification -  No  later than 90 days  after a hazardous waste is
      identified or listed in 40 CFR, Part 261, a notification of hazardous
      waste management activities is to be filed with EPA or an authorized
      State by TSDFs, which manage newly identified or listed hazardous
      waste.

•     Interim Status - These facilities include TSDFs; on-site hazardous
      waste  disposal; on-site storage for more than 90 days;  in-transit
      storage for greater than  10  days and the storage  of hazardous
      sludges, listed wastes, or mixtures containing listed wastes intended
      for reuse.  Interim status is achieved by:

            Notification (see above)

            Being in existence on November  19, 1980 or on the date  of
            statutory or regulatory changes which require the  facility  to
            have a permit

            Filing a Part A by the date specified in the regulation covering
            the facility (40 CFR, Parts 261, 264,  or 265)

•     Interim Status Facility Standards - The  following standards and
      requirements shall be met.

            General information (Subpart B)
            Waste analysis plan
            Security
            Inspection plan
            Personnel training
*     40 CFR Parts 264 and 265
                                                               (03/92)

-------
 A-30
            Handling requirements
            Preparedness and prevention
            Contingency planning and emergency procedures (Subparts C
            and D)
            Records and reports
            Manifest system
            Operating logs
            Annual and other reports (Subpart E)
            Groundwater Monitoring (Subpart F)
            Closure and post-closure plans (Subpart G)
            Financial requirements (Subpart H)
            Containers, tanks, surface impoundments, piles (Subparts I,
            J, K, L)
            Land  treatment, landfills, incinerators, thermal treatment,
            chemical, physical  and biological treatment (Subparts M, N, O,
            P,Q)
            Underground injection (Subpart R)

 •     Permit - In order to obtain a permit:

            Facilities with interim status must file a Part B RCRA permit
            application when directed to do so  by EPA or an authorized
            State and final facility standards must be met or the facility
            must be on an approved schedule to meet those standards.

            New facilities and facilities which do not qualify for interim
            status are to receive a RCRA  permit  before construction can
            begin or a hazardous waste can be handled.

State Hazardous Wastes Programs

      Under RCRA, states can obtain approval from EPA to implement
programs governing  hazardous wastes "in lieu of  the federal program
administered by EPA. State programs must be "equivalent" to the federal
program to  obtain approval, and include  the ability to enforce program
requirements.   Once approved the state standards  govern  all regulated

(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-31

 entities and any assessment of a facility's compliance must be based upon
 those state regulations. Thereafter, when federal standards change, each
 authorized state must submit a revised program for EPA approval.  Until
 such approval is received, those new standards generally do not have any
 effect in those states.  The major exception to this regulatory scheme is
 rule-making based upon the HSWA of 1984.  HSWA provides that imple-
 menting regulations are to take effect  at the same time in all states.
 Authorized states must still  modify their programs  to  include HSWA
 requirements, but there is no gap in regulation between the time that the
 Agency promulgates a final HSWA-based rule and the time that the state
 receives final approval  of the program revision which is equivalent to the
 federal HSWA rule. As a result, until a revised state program addressing
 all HSWA requirements is approved for an authorized state, the adminis-
 tration and enforcement of the overall  hazardous  waste program will
 involve both EPA and the authorized state.

 Enforcement

      EPA and authorized States may pursue enforcement actions based on
 administrative orders, as well as judicial actions seeking civil and criminal
 penalties for RCRA violations.

      An administrative  action involves issuance of an  administrative
 order requiring compliance with the regulations.  Injunctive relief may be
 sought in a civil action filed in the U.S. District Court.  Civil penalties of up
 to $25,000 per day of violation may be imposed for violations of Subtitle C of
 RCRA.   Failure to comply  with an administrative order may result in
 suspension or  revocation of a permit.

      Criminal penalties of up  to $50,000 and/or 2 years' imprisonment
 may be imposed  for certain "knowing violations."   "Knowing endanger-
 ment" that places another person in imminent danger of death or serious
 bodily injury  can result in a  fine  of up to $250,000 and/or 15 years'
imprisonment.
                                                               (03/92)

-------
  A-32
 COMPREHENSIVE1, ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE. COMPENSATION,
 AND LIABILITY ACT (SUPERFUNDl

       The Superfund Act  was enacted December  11, 1980.  The Federal
 government is authorized  to clean up  toxic or hazardous contaminants at
 closed and abandoned hazardous waste  dumps and the  government is
 permitted to recover costs of this cleanup and associated damages by suing
 the  responsible  parties  involved.   Cleanup monies come out  of  a
 "superfund" created by taxes on chemicals and hazardous wastes.

       The act provides that,  when  there  is  a  release  of hazardous
 substance, either real or threatened, the parties who operated the vessel or
 facility which created the release are liable for the containment, removal,
 remedial action, response,  and injury damages to natural resources under
 Section 107(a). The act also establishes limitations on liability.

       If claims are presented to the liable parties but are not satisfied, the
 act then allows claims to be reimbursed from the Superfund.

       Regulatory provisions under Sections 102 and 103  of the act require
 that  release of hazardous  substances  into the environment  be reported
 unless the release is in accordance with an established  permit.  Spills of
 any "reportable quantity," established pursuant to regulations promulgated
 under the Act, must be reported.

      All owners or operators of any  facility handling  and disposing of
 hazardous substances or that has handled hazardous substances in the
 past (including previous owners and operators) were required to inform the
 EPA Administrator by June 1981 of their facility activities unless they have
 a  RCRA  permit  or have  been accorded  "interim status."   Failure of
 notification is a crime and, if the party knowingly fails to  provide these
 data,  they are not entitled to the prescribed limits and defenses of liability.

      On October  17, 1986, the Superfund Act was  amended under the
Superfund Amendments   and  Reauthorization Act  (SARA).   Those
amendments  provide mandatory schedules for the  completion of various

(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-33

 phases  of remedial  response  activities,  establish  detailed  cleanup
 standards, and generally strengthen existing authority to effect the cleanup
 of superfund sites.

 Enforcement

       Civil and criminal penalties and awards are  available  under
 CERCLA.  Section 106 provides that failure  or refusal to comply with an
 order directing immediate abatement of a release or threatened release of a
 hazardous  substance which creates  an  imminent  and substantial
 endangerment to the public health or  welfare or the  environment is
 punishable by a fine of up to $25,000 per day  of violation.  Section 109 also
 provides for penalties of up to $25,000 per day of violation, to be imposed by a
 U.S. District Court or in an administrative proceeding for failure or refusal
 to comply with other provisions of CERCLA.

      Under Section 109(d), a "bounty" in the  amount of up to $10,000 may
 be paid to any individual who provides information leading to the arrest and
 conviction of any person for a CERCLA violation.

      Criminal penalties of up to $10,000 and imprisonment for 3 years are
 available under Section 103 for various violations, including failure to notify
 of a release and falsification of records.  Second and subsequent violations
 may result in imprisonment of up to 5 years.

 TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT (TSCA)

      TSCA regulates existing and  new chemical  substances.   TSCA
 applies  primarily  to  manufacturers,  distributors,  processors,  and
 importers of chemicals.  TSCA can be divided into five parts as follows:

 Inventory and  Premanufacture Notification

      EPA has published an inventory of existing chemicals.  A substance
that is not on this list is considered "new" and requires Premanufacture
Notification (PMN) to  EPA at least 90  days  before the chemical can be

                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-34
 manufactured, shipped, or sold (TSCA, Section 5). If EPA does not make a
 declaration within 90 days to restrict the product, then full marketing can
 begin and the  chemical is added to the  inventory.   In addition, a
 manufacturer may obtain a test marketing exemption and distribute the
 chemical before the 90-day period has expired.   Conversely, EPA, in
 response, may reject  PMN for insufficient data; negotiate for suitable data,
 prohibit manufacture or distribution  until risk data are  available;  or,
 pending development of a Section 6 rule, completely ban the product from
 the market or review  the product data for an additional 90 days.

 Testing

      Under TSCA,  Section 4,  EPA can require product testing of any
 substance which "may present an unreasonable  risk of injury to health or
 to the environment."  Some testing standards  are proposed, but no test
 requirements for specific chemicals are yet in effect.

 Reporting and Recordkeeping

      TSCA, Section 8(a) deals with  general reporting.  The "first tier" rule
 (PAIR) now in effect is a short form seeking production and exposure data
 on over 2,300 existing chemicals.  A  "second tier" rule is expected to obtain
 more detailed data on a relatively small group of chemicals that may
 become priority candidates for regulation.

      Section  8(c) calls for records  of significant adverse  effects  of toxic
 substances on human health and the environment. It requires that records
 of alleged adverse reaction be kept for a minimum of 5 years.

      Section 8(d) allows  EPA to require that manufacturers, processors,
and  distributors of certain listed chemicals  (designated under 40 CFR
716.13) submit to EPA lists of health and safety studies conducted by, known
to, or ascertainable by them.  Studies  include individual  files, medical
records, daily monitoring reports, etc.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                  A-35
       Section 8(e) requires action upon  discovery of certain data.  Any
 person who manufactures, processes, or distributes a chemical  substance
 or mixture, or who obtains data which reasonably supports the conclusion
 that their chemical presents a substantial risk of injury to health or to the
 environment,  is required to notify EPA immediately. Personal liability can
 only be limited if the company has a response plan in effect.

 Regulation Under Section 6

       EPA can impose a Section 6 rule if there is reason to believe that the
 manufacture, processing, distribution or use, or disposal of a chemical
 substance or mixture causes, or may cause,  an unreasonable risk of injury
 to health or to the environment. Regulatory action can range from labeling
 requirements  to complete prohibition of the product.  Section 6 rules are
 currently in effect for several chemical- including PCBs.  A Section 6 rule
 requires informal rulemaking, a hearing, and a cost-benefit analysis.

 Imminent Hazard

      This is defined as a chemical  substance or mixture  causing an
 imminent and unreasonable risk of serious or widespread injury to health
 or the  environment.  When such a condition  prevails, EPA is authorized by
 TSCA, Section 7, to bring action in U.S. District Court. Remedies  include
 seizure of the chemical or other relief including notice of risk to the affected
 population or recall, replacement, or repurchase of the substance.

 Enforcement

      Civil penalties may be assessed through administrative proceedings
 in an amount not to exceed $25,000 per day of violation.  Appeals relating to
 civil penalties are reviewed in the U.S. Court of Appeals.

      Criminal penalties for knowing and willful violations of TSCA  may
be imposed in amounts of not more than $25,000 per day of violation and/or
imprisonment for up to 1 year.
                                                               (03/92).

-------
 A-36
      Actions  to  restrain  violations,  compel compliance,  or seize  and
 condemn any substance, mixture,  or article may be brought  in the U.S.
 District Courts.

 FEDERAL  INSECTICIDE. FUNGICIDE.  AND  RODENTICIDE ACT
 (FIFRA)

      A pesticide is defined as any substance intended to prevent, destroy,
 repel, or  mitigate pests.  FIFRA  requires registration of all pesticides,
 restricts use of certain pesticides, authorizes experimental use permits and
 recommends standards for pesticide applicators  and  the  disposal  and
 transportation of pesticides.

      Pesticides are registered for 5 years and classified for either general
 or restricted usage. Restricted use means that they are to be applied either
 by or under the direct supervision of a certified applicator.  Pesticides must
 be labeled and specify ingredients, uses, warnings, registration number,
 and any special use  restrictions.  Regulations also  specify tolerance levels
 for certain pesticide chemicals in or on agricultural commodities.   These
 limits apply to 310 different compounds and residue tolerances range from
 0 to 100 ppm.  A few pesticides are  also regulated as toxic pollutants under
 Section 307(a) of the CWA and by Primary Drinking Water Standards under
 the SDWA.

 Enforcement

      FIFRA provides for relatively low penalties when compared with
 many of the other environmental statutes.  Civil penalties range from as
little as $500 for private applicators on a first offense,  to not more than
 $5,000 per violation for registrants, commercial applicators, wholesalers,
 dealers, retailers, and distributors.  Criminal penalties against private
applicators are  misdemeanors punishable by fines of not more than $1,000
 and/or imprisonment  for up to  30 days.   Commercial  applicators who
knowingly violate FIFRA may be fined up to $25,000 and/or imprisoned for
up to 1 year. Registrants, applicants for a registration and producers who
(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-37
 knowingly violate this statute are subject to fines of up to $50,000 and/or
 imprisonment for up to 1 year.

      Any person who, with intent to defraud, uses  or reveals information
 relating to product  formulas  acquired pursuant to  FIFRA's registration
 provisions may be fined up to $10,000 and/or imprisoned for up to 3 years.

 SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT

      The SDWA of  1974 was established to provide  safe drinking water to
 the public.  Both primary and secondary drinking water standards have
 been  set by EPA regulations which apply to water after treatment by public
 drinking water  systems.  National Interim Primary Drinking  Water
 Regulations were adopted in 1975 to protect public health (40 CFR, Part 141).
 Regulations covering radionuclides were added in 1976. Regulations for
 trihalomethanes were promulgated in 1979.  Secondary regulations were
 established in 1979 as guidelines to States to protect the nonhealth-related
 qualities of drinking water.   The  1986 amendments to the  SDWA:
 (1) establish a mandatory schedule, requiring the promulgation of primary
 drinking water regulations for 83 contaminants, (2) prohibit the use of lead
 in public water systems, (3) provide civil and criminal penalties for persons
 who tamper with public water systems, and (4) require closer scrutiny of
 State programs, including the  direct enforcement of drinking water
 standards, if necessary.

      The  SDWA  also provides for protection of underground sources of
 drinking water.  Final regulations have been issued whereby States are to
 establish Underground Injection Control (UIC)  waste disposal programs to
 ensure  that contaminants in water supplies do  not exceed National
 Drinking  Water  Standards  and  to prevent  endangerment of  any
 underground source of drinking water. Injection wells are divided into five
 classes for regulatory handling.  Construction  and disposal  standards are
 established for the permitting of Class I to III wells.  Class I and IV wells
 are subject to RCRA requirements.  Class IV wells are those used by
generators of hazardous or radioactive wastes  to dispose  of hazardous
wastes into formations within one-quarter mile of an underground source

                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-38
 of drinking water.  New Class IV wells are prohibited and existing Class
 IV  wells  must  be phased out within  6 months  after  approval  or
 promulgation of a UIC program in the State.  There are numerous State
 regulatory requirements  affecting groundwater which should be consulted
 by multi-media compliance inspectors.  In  addition, the 1986 amendments
 to SDWA strengthen EPA's enforcement authority for UIC programs.

 Enforcement

      Civil penalties of not more than $25,000 per day of violation may be
 assessed  for failure to  comply with national primary drinking water
 regulations [Section 300g - 3(b)], failure of an owner or operator of a public
 water system to give notice to persons served by it of failure or inability to
 meet maximum containment level requirements [Section 300(g) - 3(c)],
 failure  to comply with  an administrative  order requiring compliance
 [Section 300g - 3(g)], or failure to comply with requirements of an applicable
 underground injection control program [Section 300h - 2(b)].

      Any person who fails or refuses to  comply with an administrative
 order issued where a  contaminant is contaminating or is  likely  to
 contaminate an underground source of drinking water and may present an
 imminent and substantial  endangerment  to human health, is subject  to
 civil penalties  of up  to $5,000 per day of violation (Section  300i).
 Administrative orders relating  to violations  of underground injection
 regulations may impose penalties of up to $5,000 per day of violation up to a
 maximum administrative  penalty of $125,000.

      Tampering with a public water  system may result in a criminal fine
and/or imprisonment for up to 5 years.   Threats to tamper carry fines
 and/or imprisonment of up to 3 years.  Civil penalties may also be imposed
against persons who tamper, attempt to tamper, or make threats to tamper
with a public water system. The maximum fine is $50,000 for tampering
and $20,000 for an attempt or threat to tamper.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                 A-39
 EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT
 fEPCRA)

      EPCRA was enacted as a part of the Superfund Amendments and
 Reauthorization Act of 1986, as a  freestanding provision to address the
 handling  of  "extremely hazardous substances"  and  to  establish  an
 extensive information collection  system to assist in responding to releases
 of those substances.  EPCRA is comprised of three subtitles: (1) Subtitle A,
 which establishes the framework for emergency  response planning and
 release notification; (2) Subtitle B, which contains  reporting requirements;
 and  (3)  Subtitle  C, which contains general  provisions,  including
 enforcement, penalties, and trade secrets.

 Subtitle A - Emergency Planning and Notification

      The goal of Subtitle A is to provide States and local communities with
 the information necessary to adequately respond to unplanned releases of
 certain hazardous  materials.   Through the  establishment  of  State
 Emergency Response Commissions (SERC) and Local Emergency Planning
 Committees (LEPC), Subtitle A mandated the development and implemen-
 tation of emergency response plans.  Subtitle A also requires facilities at
 which certain "extremely hazardous substances" are present in  excess of
 established threshold planning quantities to notify the State Commission of
 the presence of the substances and to report releases of those substances in
 excess of specified reportable quantities.

 Subtitle B - Reporting Requirements

      Sections 311  -  313  of EPCRA (Subtitle  B) contain  reporting
 requirements for facilities at which "hazardous chemicals" are present in
 excess of specified  thresholds or  which experience  environmental releases
 of "toxic chemicals" in excess of the established threshold quantities.

      Section 311  requires facilities at  which  "hazardous chemicals" are
present in amounts exceeding threshold levels,  to  submit material safety
data sheets (MSDSs) or lists of substances for which they maintain MSDSs

                                                              (03/92)

-------
 A-40
 to the SERC, LEPC, and local fire departments in order to give notice to
 those authorities of the types of potential hazards present at each facility.

      Section  312 requires submission  of annual and daily inventory
 information on the  quantities and locations of the hazardous chemicals.
 "Tier I" reports provide the required general information.  "Tier II" reports
 providing chemical-specific information  must be  submitted in place of
 Tier I reports upon request of the SERC, LEPC, or local fire department.

      Section 313 requires  annual reporting to EPA and  the State of any
 environmental releases  of  listed "toxic chemicals" in excess of specified
 threshold quantities.  A facility is required to submit a "Form  R"  Toxic
 Chemical Release Inventory Report in the event of a release if it has 10 or
 more full-time employees;  is grouped  in SIC  codes  20  through 39; and
 manufactures,  processes, or otherwise  uses a toxic chemical in excess of
 the established reporting thresholds.

 Enforcement

      Section  325  of  EPCRA sets  forth  the  civil,  criminal,  and
 administrative  penalties which may be  assessed for violations of that Act.
 Violation  of an administrative order may  result in civil penalties of up to
 $25,000 per day.  Penalties for violations  of the emergency notification
 provisions of Section 304  may be assessed  through administrative  or
judicial proceedings, with potential penalties ranging from $25,000 per
 violation to $25,000 per day of violation.   Any person who knowingly or
 willfully fails to provide emergency notification may be assessed a criminal
 penalty of up to $25,000 and/or 2  years' imprisonment,  ($50,000 and/or
 5 years for second and subsequent convictions).

      Violations of reporting requirements  carry civil penalties  of up  to
 $25,000 per violation. Frivolous trade secret claims may result in penalties
 of up to $25,000 per claim,  whereas the knowing and willful disclosure of
 actual trade secret information may be punishable by a fine of up to $20,000
 and/or imprisonment up to 1 year.
(03/92)

-------
       APPENDIX B

 MULTI-MEDIA INSPECTIONS
DEFINITIONS AND TRAINING

-------
                MULTIMEDIA INSPECTIONS - DEFINITIONS AND TRAINING
To describe a proposed program for multimedia inspections and inspector trainin-
we must first establish some definitions:                                  " " ''
1.
2.
Compliance Programs - These are  administrative,
raent programs as authorized to EPA.
                                                     civil,  and  criminal enforce-
Inspection  categories  -  All   inspections,   for  purposes  of  this  proton
description can be grouped into four categories.
    Category  A -
    Category  B  -
   Category C -
   Category  D -
                An inspection for a single program.   A program may have one or
                more types  of inspections.

                A simplified  screening multimedia  inspection  is  conducted  in
                addition  to  the single program (Category A)  inspection.   Th*
                screening inspection is  intended to  identify  the  more  obvious
                and  readily  detectable  instances  of  non-compliance  or  in-
                dicators of possible non-compliance  in other  compliance
                program areas  with  only minimal additional  resources
                required.   Information obtained  would  be  referred  to   the
                appropriate compliance program office(s) for  follow-up.
                Follow-up action  could include a full inspection for   one  or
                more programs   or   in  some  instances immediate   enforcement
                action.  The  inspector would use a simplified checklist as  a
                guide and to  record  observations  and pertinent   information.
                As an  example, observations  of  potential  compliance   issues
                could Include  inoperable  control systems,  unusual emissions/
                discharges,  evidence  of   spillage  or leaks,  breached  dikes,
                new emission/discharge sources, lack of permits or SPCC plan,
                abandoned drums, etc.

               A multi-program inspection is an inspection of a facility for
               two or more (Category  A  inspections)  compliance  programs  but
               not compliance  with  all  applicable  requirements.  The  in-
               spection may  be  conducted  by  either  one  or   a  team  of
               inspectors.   The  team which is  headed  by  a team  leader,
               conducts a  detailed  Inspection  for  each  of  the  targeted
               programs represented.  The  inspection may  include screening
               for the more  obvious  and readily detectable Indicators  of
               possible non-compliance in  other   compliance  program  areas.

               A multimedia Inspection is a comprehensive  inspection which
               addresses  relevant program compliance requirements operative
               for a single  facility at  a specific point In time  that  can  be
               used  In  subsequent  enforcement  actions.   The inspection  is
               usually  conducted  by  a team of inspectors lead  by a team
               leader.  Team   members  may  be  comprised  of   ESD,  program,

-------
Page 2
                    contractors, state, NEIC, or local agency inspectors.
                    The inspection may  focus on  facility processes  to identi'
                    activities and wastes potentially  subject  to  regulations a-'
                    Co identify potential cross-program issues.
3.   Inspector Training  -  For
,  .  .     .,,   L            purposes  of  this  program description,  inspector
training will   be   described  in  terms  of  four   inspector
    Level  1  -
    Level  2  -
    Level 3 -
    Level 4 -
                                             traini ng  levels.

The Level 1  (single program) inspector is a person who has
been trained  to  be  a lead  inspector per  EPA  Order  3500.1
                Safety,  Fundamentals  curriculum, and
                      a single compliance program.
                    (Basic  Health  &
                    specific  minimum)
                                  for
                                                                      program
                The  Level  2  (screening)  inspector  is  a  person who has  received
                training beyond  Level  1  to screen for and  report  on  the  more
                obvious or  key indicators  of  non-compliance in  all  environ-
                mental program  areas  relevant  to  a particular  facility  or
                site  (Category B inspection).  The additional  training
                requires a  minimum  of  time  (1   co   2  days)  is   keyed  to  a
                simplified checklist,  and  is designed to  enable the inspector
                to ask key questions  and  readily  recognize the  more obvious
                environmental problems  or  key indicators of non-compliance.
                Additionally, the  training  will  enable   the  inspector   to
                readily recognize and  report  the more  obvious  violations  of
                OSHA  regulations  and  as  a  minimum  disseminate  pollution
                prevention Information.  The  training could be heavily aided
                by extensive use of  videos to demonstrate  critical  observa-
                tions.

               The Level 3 (multi-program) inspector is a person who has
                been  trained  to  be  a lead  inspector per  EPA Order  3500.1
                for two  or  more compliance  programs  and  has   started  the
               leadership  project   management  and  team  building  training
               required  for Level  4  Inspector  training.  Level  3 inspector
               training  Is a prerequisite for Level  4.

               The Level  4 (multimedia) inspector Is a  senior, experienced
               person who  has received training  beyond  Levels 2  or 3 to lead
               a team of inspectors  to conduct  either a multimedia (Category
               D) inspection which  addresses  all  relevant compliance program
               requirements  or a multi-program  (Category C) inspection which
               addresses  the requirements  of two or more compliance programs.
               The inspector in  addition to having significant experience in
               leading Inspections,  should complete  the following:

-------
  Page  3



                           *   leadership project management  and  team  building
                              training
                           *   training to recognize  cross-media  impacts  and
                              integrate cross media  evaluations
                           *   training  and  experience  to  merge   diverse   written
                              reports into a coherent whole.

 A summary  in  matrix  form,  of  multimedia inspection  and inspector  trainir, de-'-
 Initions are shown in Figure 1.


 PROGRAM GOALS

 The overall goal  of  each region  would  be  a  multimedia compliance  program  with
 Inspectors in each region equipped to  perform  all  four categories of inspections.
 The specific goals of the FBCs  is:

     1.   To have all  inspectors trained  per EPA  Order  3500.1  (Level  1) to  as  a
         minimum,  be able to  conduct  inspections  for a single compliance
         program (Category A).

     2.   To have  all   inspectors  trained  to be  Level  2 inspectors  and  conduct
         thTenTof    '          Inspectlons durlnS  a^  compliance inspections by
     3.   To  have  teams  of  dedicated  multi-program (Level 3) and  multimedia  (Level
         4)  Inspectors  trained to conduct  or lead multi-program (Category  C) or
         multimedia  inspections  (Category  D)  as  required  by the  end  of FY  1993.

     4.   To  have  Inspectors  progress on a  career ladder from  Level  1  to Level 4
         inspectors.

     5.   To build into the Inspections and inspector training  program as
         appropriate the reporting of enviromental results.

These goals require a dedicated  effort  to develop  and Improve  upon  the  skills
that would  be required  for  a   single  program  Inspector.   Regional  compliance
programs can  be  agresslve In targeting multi-program  and  multimedia inspections
to achieve  environmental  results using TRI  data,  comparative  risk,  geographic
and other enforcement  Initiatives.   Similarly,  the FBCs can  take the  Initiative
to Identfy  overlapping routine  program  inspection  requests  and  flag  potential
multi-program enforcement   opportunities.    Achievements  of  these  goals   would
provide enhanced  capability  for responding to  special  requests  from  the  RA/DRA
and providing  support to the office  of  criminal  Investigations.

-------
MULTIMEDIA INSPECTIONS
   DEFINITION AND TRAINING NEEDS
^S. INSPECTION
^•XCATAOORT
INSPECTOR ^S^
TRAININO LEVEL ^S^
1. Lead in on*
program .
2. Level 1 Plus
Screening
Training
3. Lead in Two or
Mora Programs
4. Laval 3 Plua
Team Laadar
Training
Non Laad
Inspector
A
Singla Program
Inspection
Lead
Lead
Lead
Lead
Team Member
B
Screening
Inspection
(Single fn>fnm
flat SrrvMfaf)

Lead


Team Member
C
Nulti Program
Inspection
(lor mart
frofmna)
Team Member
Team Member
Lead/Team Member
Lead
Te am Membe r
D
Multimedia
Inspections
(All KtUnvU
Rtqulrtmmti)
Team Member
Team Member
Team Member
Lead
Team Member

-------
                 APPENDIX C



TEAM LEADER RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITIES

-------
                                                                   C-l
                              Appendix C
        TEAM LEADER RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITIES

 INTRODUCTION

      The team leader is the lead person for a given project.  The  team
 leader for each project is selected by the Branch  Chiefs, based on factors
 such as project needs, employee development opportunities, and personnel
 availability.  In general, the team leader is  a work  group leader, the central
 focal point for a particular project, responsible for ensuring that project
 objectives  are met in a timely manner. 'The team leader is given certain
 responsibilities and authorities, as outlined below,  and is expected to fulfill
 the responsibilities and exercise authority  to successfully plan, coordinate,
 conduct, and complete the project.

      The extent of input and involvement by the supervisor in these  team
 leader  responsibilities is dependent  on  the  team leader's  grade and
 experience. GS-12 and GS-13 team leaders should  be able to perform most,
 if not all, required tasks. Team leaders of other grades  will require  more
 assistance from their supervisor or mentor.

      Team leader responsibilities and authorities may vary somewhat
 with unique requirements of each project.  However, general responsibili-
 ties  and authorities for conducting  a complete  and timely project are
 common for most projects.  The following discussion of team leader respon-
 sibilities is presented in two sections:  responsibilities and authorities.  The
 discussion of responsibilities is presented by project phases (most projects
will involve some form of each project phase). The  discussion of authorities
follows. Because the team leader  has similar authorities for most project
phases, the authorities are not discussed in terms of project phases.
                                                                (03/92)

-------
C-2

TEAM LEADER RESPONSIBILITIES

Phase 1 - Project Request/Project Objectives

      As stated previously, the team leader is the central focal point for a
given project responsible for assuring that project objectives are met in a
professional and timely fashion.  The team leader uses the  media specific
and  Multi-Media Investigation manuals as guidance  for conducting envi-
ronmental compliance investigations. General project phases and associ-
ated team leader responsibilities follow. Phase 1 of any project begins with
a request for assistance.  Depending on the specifics of the request, work is
required to develop that request into a  project plan that  addresses  the
requestor's needs.

      The  team leader, in conjunction with his/her supervisor, project
requestor and, often times, members of the project team, is responsible for:

      •      Defining project objectives

      •      Defining specific tasks required to fulfill project objectives

      •      Identifying resource needs (both equipment and personnel)

      •      Identifying potential on-the-job  training  (OJT) opportunities
            associated with the various project phases and, in conjunction
            with supervisors (and,  in some  cases,  staff),  develop OJT
            objectives for other personnel

      •      Scheduling project tasks

      •      Coordinating with supervisors to  ensure availability of project
            members for project tasks

      •      Developing and assigning work tasks to team members (this
            should include identifying any OJT opportunities)
                                                                 (03/92)

-------
                                                                  C-3
      •     Ensuring that a comprehensive Project Plan is prepared (this
            task may be a separate project phase - project phase 3 - depend-
            ing on the extent of information available during the project
            request)

      •     Maintaining  communication with  project  requestor and
            appropriate  personnel  (team members,  team  member
            supervisors, counterparts in other agencies, etc.)

Phase 2 - Background Information Retrieval and Review

      This project  phase  involves identifying, collecting and  reviewing
background information applicable to a specific  project.  The team leader,
often in conjunction with' project team members,  is responsible for:

      •      Identifying necessary  background  information (including
            applicable laws  and regulations,  facility description,  past
            compliance status, safety considerations, etc.)

      •      Arranging for  access to background  information

      •      Arranging for  receipt of background information (such as file
            review and  document  retrieval,  phone requests,  phone
            conversations,  etc.)

      •      Ensuring that background  information is properly organized
           and filed

     •     Ensuring that background  information  is provided to
           appropriate project personnel

     •     Conducting reconnaissance inspection, if appropriate

     •     Providing guidance to project members and ensuring that any
           associated OJT objectives are met
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 C-4
       •     Maintaining lines of communication  with appropriate  NEIC
            personnel (team members, team member supervisors, etc.)

 Phase 3 - Project Plan

      The project plan is a written document completed at some point prior
 to the field work on most projects.  The plan identifies work to be conducted
 to address project objectives and includes  a site  safety plan.   The team
 leader is responsible for:

      •     Overall completion of a final project plan (including site safety
            plan, if site work is required)

      •     Ensuring that the project plan is peer reviewed

      •     Obtaining concurrence from the project requestor

      *     Providing all project team members with copies of the project
            plan

      •     Ensuring that all  project members  are familiar  with the
            contents   of  the   plan,   including  individual  project
            responsibilities, project schedules, and safety requirements

      •     Ensuring that the project  requestor receives the final project
            plan prior to any on-site work

      •     Providing guidance to project members and ensuring that any
            associated OJT objectives are met

Phase 4 - On-site Investigation

      This project phase involves  the on-site field work and necessary
logistics/personnel actions to ensure that the field investigation  is carried
out in a complete, efficient, and timely manner. During this project phase,
the team leader is responsible for:

                                                               (03/92)

-------
                                                                  C-5
      •     Ensuring that all  personnel  actions (overtime/compensatory
            time, work  schedule changes,  etc. are addressed)

      •     Ensuring that logistical issues are addressed (transportation
            of personnel and equipment to the site, lodging arrangements,
            etc.)

      •     Developing and maintaining  a working relationship between
            all  parties  involved (including investigation  target  and
            contractors)

      •     Coordinating all on-site activities, including scheduling

      •     Ensuring that all project objectives are addressed during the
            on-site investigation

      •     Ensuring that the  site  safety  plan is followed (or more
            stringent facility requirements, if appropriate)

      •     Maintaining communication with  appropriate  personnel
            (team members, team member  supervisors, etc.) and  with
            other  appropriate  personnel (such  as project requestor,
            contractors, Department of Justice, FBI)

      •     Providing guidance  to team members  and ensuring that any
            associated OJT objectives are met

      •     Ensuring that contaminated equipment is properly disposed of
            or cleaned

      •     Directing public inquiries to proper authorities

Phase 5 - Information Evaluation/Report Preparation

      A report of project activities, information evaluation, and findings is
prepared for most projects.  The project report is usually the major conduit

                                                               (03/92)

-------
C-6
for presenting project  findings to  the project requestor.  In general, the
coordinator is responsible for ensuring that the project report addresses all
the project objectives,  is accurate, and is reviewed and completed in a
timely fashion.
                        ~*

      •    Preparing  a report outline (or otherwise identifying report
           structure and contents to project members)

      •    Identifying  and  assigning  preparation  of project  report
           sections to  individual project members

      •    Identifying and communicating  report writing schedules to
           project members

      •    Coordinating with supervisors to  ensure availability of project
           members for report preparation

      •    Maintaining communication  with project  requestor and
           appropriate personnel  (team  members,  team  member
           supervisors, etc.)

      •    Providing guidance to  project  members and ensuring that all
           associated OJT objectives are met

      •    Coordinating all portions  of  report preparation  with other
           groups (Graphics, Report Services, etc.)

      •    Assembling draft reports

      •    Ensuring  that  report is properly  reviewed  and revised
           (including transmittal of drafts for external review, tracking of
           copies, and return of external draft copies)

      •    Assembling and  transmitting final report
                                                               (03/92)

-------
                                                                   C-7

 Phase 6 - Project Follow-up

       Project follow-up includes project activities that follow transmittal of
 the final  report. This normally includes providing input into legal action
 such  as case preparation, court testimony, settlement negotiations, and
 depositions.  During project follow-up, the team leader is responsible for:

       •     Maintaining post-project report contact with project requestor
            or other designated project contact to remain informed of legal
            or other activities

       •     Coordinating any requests for additional assistance

       •     Advising supervisors and  appropriate staff of additional or
            potential additional project support

       •     Preparing project file for turn-in to central files

       •     Providing the supervisor of each project  member a critique of
            the project member's activities, including a discussion of the
            OJT objectives as identified by  project coordinator and project
            member's supervisor during project request phase

       •     Provide each team member with an individual,  verbal critique
            of his/her performance

TEAM LEADER AUTHORITIES

      As the central focal point and leader of a team of employees, the team
leader has some "first-line" supervisor authorities for most project phases.
Once  project members  are selected and  general responsibilities of each
member are agreed upon (agreement  between team leader and  project
member's supervisor and often times the project member), the team leader
has the authority to:

      •     Set and/or modify project schedules

                                                                (03/92)

-------
C-8
      •     Identify and modify, as necessary, specific  project staff tasks
            (including activities in all project phases such as  project plan
            preparation, field work, and report preparation).

      •     Direct field operations

      •     Enforce  project safety plan requirements (including barring
            personnel without the proper equipment and/or training from
            the identified "hot" zone)

      •     Set working hours for team members during field work

      •    Approve/verify OT/CT hours worked

      •     Negotiate terms of inspection  with  company (e.g., taking of
           photographs,  requesting/copying  documents,  advance
           notification  of areas  to  be  inspected,  personnel  to  be
           interviewed, handling of CBI materials, etc.) so  long  as  no
           statutory or regulatory authorizations are compromised

      •     Arrange  for inspection of off-site  facilities  related to project
           objective (e.g.,  off-site contractor laboratory, waste transfer
           station, etc.)

      •     Request/arrange for assistance  from  other groups  (e.g.,
           Laboratory Services, ORD, EPIC, etc.)

     •     Procure project-specific equipment/services

     •     Require project team members to follow established protocols
           for conduct, investigation, preparing reports, and participation
           in follow-up actions, and enforce ground rules identified for
           specific investigations

     •     Ensure security of project files report, etc. and investigation
           findings

                                                              (03/92)

-------
     APPENDIX D



TYPES OF INFORMATION

-------
                                                                   D-l
                              Appendix D
                      TYPES OF INFORMATION

 TECHNICAL INFORMATION

 Facility Background

       •     Maps  showing facility  location  and  environmental  and
            geographic features (stacks, discharge pipes, and solid waste
            disposal sites)

       •     Geology/hydrogeology of the area

       •     Aerial  photographs

       •     Names, titles, phone, numbers of responsible facility officials

       •     Process description, process flow charts, and major production
            areas

       •     Records reflecting changes in facility conditions since previous
            audit/permit  application

       •     Production levels - past, present, and future

Audit Reports. Records, and Files

      •     Federal and State compliance files

      •     Correspondence between the facility and the local, State, and
            Federal agencies

      •     Citizens' complaints and reports, follow-up studies, findings

      •     Audit records, reports, correspondence on  past incidents or
            violations

                                                                (03/92)

-------
 D-2
      •     Emissions inventory

      •     Self-monitoring data and reports

      •     EPA, State, and consultant studies and reports

      •     Annual reports by the facility (e.g.,  PCB annual documents
            and  inventories, Securities Exchange  Commission §10K
            reports)

      •     Records, applications,  reports, manifest files, etc. (e.g., RCRA
            reports, CERCLA submittals)

      •     Laboratory audit reports, QA/QC activities

      •     Records  of previous hazardous  substances  spills  and
            malfunctions

Pollutant and Waste Generation. Control. Treatment, and  Disposal
Systems

      •     Description and design data for pollution  control systems and
            process operations

      •     Sources and characterization  of wastewater  discharges,
            hazardous wastes, emissions, types of treatment, and disposal
            operations

      •     Type and amount of  waste  generated which is discharged,
            emitted, stored, treated, and disposed

      •     Waste storage, treatment, and disposal areas

      •     Waste/spill contingency plans

      •     Available  bypasses, diversions, and spill containment facilities

                                                               (03/92)

-------
                                                                  D-3
      •    Industrial process, pollution control, treatment and disposal
           methods,  monitoring systems

Legal Information

      Requirements. Regulations, and Limitations

      •    Permit applications, draft or existing permits, registrations,
           approvals, and applicable Federal, State, and local regulations
           and requirements

      •    Application certificates, EPA identification numbers

      •     Information on draft permits which  is different from  current
            conditions

       •     Exemptions and waivers

       •     Receiving  stream  water  quality  standards, ambient  air
            standards, State Implementation Plans, protected uses

       •     RCRA notification and Part A and Part B applications

       •     Pesticide labels

       •     Grant applications for publicly owned  treatment  works,
            research  and  development demonstration projects and
            progress reports on these projects

       •     Federal and State classification of facility (e.g., Interim Status,
            Small Quantity Generator)
                                                                 (03/92)

-------
D-i

      Enforcement History

      •     Status of current and pending litigation against the facility*

      •     Deficiency notices issued to facility and responses by the facility

      •     Status of administrative orders,  consent decrees, and other
            regulatory corrective actions, if any, and compliance by the
            facility

      •     Penalties imposed  against the company

Information Sources

      Laws and Regulations  -  Federal laws  and regulations establish
      procedures, controls, and other requirements applicable to a facility
      [Table 1].  In addition,  State  laws  and regulations and sometimes
      even local ordinances may be applicable, or take precedence.

      Permits and Permit Applications -  Permits provide information on
      the  limitations,  requirements,  and restrictions   applicable  to
      discharges, emissions and  disposal practices; compliance schedules;
      and   monitoring,  analytical,   and  reporting  requirements.
      Applications  provide technical information on  facility size,  layout,
      and location of pollution sources; waste and pollutant  generation,
      treatment, control and  disposal practices;  contingency plans and
      emergency procedures;  and pollutant  characterization  - types,
      amounts, and locations of discharge, emissions, or disposal.

      Regional and State  Files - These files often contain  grant  records,
      applications,  facility self-monitoring data, and audit reports, as well
      as permits and  permit applications pertaining to individual facilities.
    Coordination should occur prior to the audit (in conjunction with the EPA Regional
    Office) with the local Assistant United States Attorney or Justice Department attorney
    responsible for the civil or criminal case and any consent decree.
                                                                 (03/92)

-------
                         Table 1




FEDERAL STAriJIES/REGULATIONS FOR MULTI MEDIA INVESTIGATIONS

Air
CAA
Inspection Authority 1 1 4 ,a 2 1 1 a
[80, Be6]
Hecordkeeping 114,208
Authority [51,57,58,60,
61,79,85.86]



Confidential 206, 307
Information [2.201 -2215,
2.301,53,57,
Qrtl
80]



Emergency 303
Authority
Employee 322
Prelection
Permits
Basic requirements
include applications,
standa'd permit
condi; . ,. moni-
toring, reporting
EPA procedures [124]
for permit issuance
Technical [52]
requirements



Specific NSPS'
References NESHAP9[61]
CEM^leO]
SIP* p)
PSD* (50)
Superfund
Water CERClAand
CWA EPCRA
308,402 104
[12241]
308,402 103
[12241, 37210
122.48]



308 104
[2.201-2.215, (22012215)
2302,122.7] 322
(350)



504 104. 106
[300.53, 300 65]
507 • 110
[122, 125]




124]
[129,133,
136. 302^
BMPd[125J
SPCC6 [11 2]
Waivers [125, 130]
Effluent guidelines
[400-460]
BMP (125),
SPCC [11 2),
Pretreatment
1 125. 403),
Toxic (129)
a Statute (e g , Clean Air Act, Section 114 or 211)
b (80, 86] - 40 CFR, Parts 80 and 86, CFR relers to Code of Federal Regulations
c Reportable quantities
d BMP - Best Management Practices
e SPCC - Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan

Pesticides Solid Waste
FIFRA RCRA
8, 9 3007. 9005
[160.15,1693) [270 30]
4,8 3001,3002.3003,
(16063.169. 3004,9003
160185-195] [26240,26322,
264 74, 264 279,
264309,26574,
264 309. 270 30]
7, 10 3007. 9005
[2201-2215 [2201-2215,
2 307] 2 305, 260 2,
27012]



27 7003
(164 166)
7001
[270]




[124)
[260 266]




Generators [262],
Transporters (263|,
ISO' (265), Stds tor
I SO Permits (264),
Interim Stds (265),
Storage <90 days (262J,
Exemptions (261)

Drinking Waier Toxics
SOWA TSCA
1445 11
(14234, 144,51] (717 17. 792 15)
1445 8
(1413133, [704,710,
144 51. 144 54] 717 15, 7?0 78, 761 180.
76280. 763 114.
792185 195)

1445 14
(2201-2215, (22012215,2306,
2304,1445] 7047,70775,7107,
712 15,717 19,
720 80 95,
75016,75036,
/62 60, 76374)
1431 7
1450 23
[144. 147]




[124(
[146,264]




RGBs [761 1
Dioxin[//5|


/ fMSPS New Source Performance Standards
g NESI IAP - National Emission Standards tor Hd/ardous Air Pollutants,
h CLM Continuous Emission Monitoring
i ISO ! rudiment, Storage and Disposal
/ ' SIP State Implementation Plan
k PSD Prevention ol Significant Deterioration
                                                                                                    (06/9 I

-------
 D-6
      These information sources can provide compliance, enforcement,
      and litigation history; special exemptions  and waivers applied for
      and granted or denied; citizen complaints and action taken; process
      operating  problems/solutions; pollution problems/solutions;  and
      laboratory  capabilities.  Consultant reports can provide design and
      operating  data and recommendations for  processes; pollutant
      sources;  treatment,  control, and  disposal systems; and remedial
      measures.

      Technical Reports.  Documents,  and References -  These sources
      provide information on industrial process  operations, data  on
      available treatment,  control and disposal techniques, such as their
      advantages or drawbacks, limits  of application,  etc. Such sources
      include Effluent Guideline  and New Source Performance Standard
      development documents and EPA's Treatability Manual.  Similar
      guidance documents  on  hazardous  waste generation, treatment/
      disposal are also available.

      The background information sources for overall program areas  and
those that apply specifically to the water, air,  solid waste, pesticides,  and
toxic substances programs are listed in Table 2.
                                                               (03/92)

-------
                                                                                        Table 2

                                                                    BACKGROUND REVIEW INFORMATION SOURCES
   Overall Program Areas
   Water Pollution
       CWA
           Air Pollution
              CAA
      Solid Wastes
        Pollution
          RCRA
     Toxic Substances
          Pollution
            TSCA
                                                                                                                                                                      FIFRA/CERCLA
 NEIC Information Retrieval
 System data on corporate
 structure, financial con-
 ditions, pollution control
 history, environmental and
 health impacts of pollutants
 of interest

 EPA grants(R&D,
 constructing, planning)

 Information available on
 process operations; pol-
 lutants of interest; existing
 treatment, control and
 disposal practices, raw
 matenal

Administrative Orders
 issued for environmental
 noncomphance

Applicable local ordinances
on environmental control

Compliance history and
present compliance status

Available correspondence
between regulating officer
and facility officials

Available contractor/
consultant report on facility
environmental control
matters

Environmental compliance
schedules and present
status

Available aerial
photography
 NPDES permits/permit
 applications/draft permits

 Applicable effluent
 guidelines

 Compliance inspection
 reports (Federal/State/
 local)

 Laboratory performance
 reports

 Self-monitoring require-
 ments and self-reporting
 data

 Best Management
 Practices  Plan

 Spill Prevention Control and
 Countermeasure Plan

 Pretreatment requirements
 if facility discharges to
 POTW

Applicable Federal/State
 regulations related to water
 pollution control at facility

 Technical  manuals and
references on pollution
treatment/control technol-
ogy, process operation,
monitoring inspection
procedures

 Interstate  Commission
water quality data (Ohio
River Sanitary Commission,
Delaware River Basin
Commission, Interstate
Commission  on the
Potomac River
Air permits and permit applications
(Federal/State/local)

Self-monitoring requirements and
self reported data

Compliance inspection reports
(Federal/State/local)

Applicable NESHAP

Applicable NSPS

Applicable air quality standards

State Implementation Plan

Ambient air quality reports for
AQCR

Stack test reports

Air pollutants emission inventories

Continuous monitoring practices
and facility and applicable
performance inspections

Available contractor/consultant
reports

Technical manuals and references
on applicable pollution treatment/
control technology, process
operators, air pollution monitoring,
inspection procedures
Part A of permit application
(TSDs only) to designate type
and .-.lume of wastes
handled, type and design
capacity of treatment, storage
and/or disposal processes

Part B of permit application, if
available

Draft/final RCRA permit

Applicable regulations for
source designations

Groundwater monitoring
plans/data

UIC permit and present status

Hydrogeologic reports on local
area relative to UIC permit

Self-monitoring requirements
and self reported data

Applicable regulation on
manifest requirements

Inspection reports
(Federal/State/local)

Technical manual and
references on applicable
treatment/control and
disposal technology,
inspection and monitoring
procedures and techniques
Available information on
chemical substances produced
by facility

Applicable regulations regarding
manufacture, identification, self-
reporting requirements, con
cernmg toxic materials (e g ,
PCB rules)

Inspection reports (Federal/
State/local)

Technical manuals and
references on applicable
treatment/control and disposal
technology,  inspection and
monitoring procedures and tech
niques
      FIFRA
Establishment num
bers, Certified
Applicator numbers

Applicable labels

Inspection reports
(Federal/State)

EPA Pesticide
Inspection Manual

State Facility  Permits
for procedures,  bulk
storage
                                  Preliminary Assess
                                  ment (PA) reports

                                  Site  Inspection
                                  (SI) reports

                                  Remedial Investiga-
                                  tion/Feasibility Study
                                  (RI/FS) reports

                                  Records of Decision
                                  (RODs)

                                  Remedial Design (RD)
                                  reports

                                  Removal Action
                                  reports
                                                                                                                                                                              (Oh'91 |

-------
      APPENDIX E



SOURCES OF INFORMATION

-------
                                                                E-l


                            APPENDIX E
                    SOURCES OF INFORMATION

 I.    General References:

      A.    NEIC  Policies and Procedures  Manual  -  Covers chain-of-
            custody, shipping,  document handling, report  preparation,
            and  in  general,   how   to  conduct  an  investigation
            [EPA 33019-78-001-R, August 1991].

      B.    RCRA Orientation Manual, 1990 Edition.  USEPA, Office of
            Solid Waste/Permits and  State Programs Division and the
            Association of State and Territorial Solid Waste Management
            Officials. GPO 1990-261-069/24136H

      C.    Standard Operating Safety  guides.    USEPA  Office  of
            Emergency  and Remedial Response, Emergency Response
            Division. July 1988. GPO 1988-548-158/87012.

      D.    EPA Publications Bibliography.  Quarterly listing of all EPA
            publications distributed  through the National  Technical
            Information  Service, indexed alphabetically, numerically, and
            by  key  word.   NTIS,  U.S.  Department of Commerce,
            Springfield, VA 22161 (703)487-4650.

      E.    Access EPA:  Libraries and Information Services.  NTIS, U.S.
            Department  of Commerce,  Springfield, VA  22161  (703) 487-
            4650.

      B.    Computer Data Systems - A description of the automated data
            systems accessed by NEIC.  Indexes 41 sources accessing over
            1,000 data bases.

II.    Technical References:

      A.   Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia  of Chemical Technology.   Wiley,
           3rd ed., 1981; 4th ed. in publication process.

      B.    Merck  Index:   Encyclopedia  of chemicals,  drugs,  and
           biological compounds.  Good source for chemical properties
           and safety plan details.

      C.    Directory of Chemical  Producers:   Lists  major chemical
           producers and the products they make.  SRI, International:
           Menlo Park,  California. Annual.

-------
E-2
III.  Legal/Regulatory References:

      A.    Statutes at Large:  The official publication of a public  and
            private laws  and resolutions  enacted during a  session of
            Congress.

      B.    United States Code:   A  codification of the general  and
            permanent laws of the  United  States.  New editions appear
            approximately  every  6  years  with  cumulative  annual
            supplements.

      C.    Regulations

            1.    Federal Register.  Daily publication of proposed and final
                 rules.

            2.    Code of Federal Regulations:   Annual  compilation of
                 regulations.

            3.    LSA (Lists of CFR Sections Affected): Monthly updates
                 of CFR by section.

IV.   Computer Data Systems - A description  of the automated  data
      systems accessed by NEIC follows:

-------
                                CONTENTS


 AGENCY INTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY
   NEIC

      Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS)
      AIRS Facility Subsystem (AFS)
      Chemicals in Commerce Information System (CICIS)
      Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
        Information System (CERCLIS)
      Consent Decree Tracking System (CDETS)
      Docket System
      DUNS Market Identifiers (DMI)
      Emergency Response Notification System (ERNS)
      Enforcement Document Retrieval System (EDRS)
      Facility and Company Tracking System (FACTS)
      Facility Index System (FINDS)
      Federal Reporting Data System (FRDS)
      NPDES Industrial Permit Ranking System
      Permit Compliance System  (PCS)
      Pollution Prevention Information Exchange System (PIES)
      Potentially Responsible Parties System
      Records of Decision System (RODS)
      Resource  Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS)
      Site Enforcement Tracking System (SETS)
      STORET
      Superfund Financial Assessment System (SFFAS)
      TECHLAW Evidence Audit System
      Toxic Release Inventory System (TRIS)


AGENCY INFORMATION SYSTEMS NOT CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC

      FIFRA/TSCA Tracking System (FITS)
rn
i

-------
                             CONTENTS (cont.)


PUBLICLY AVAILABLE EXTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS CURRENTLY
   ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC                                                                      J.

     Bibliographic Retrieval Service (BRS)
     Chemical Information System (CIS)
     Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries (CARL)
     DataTimes
     DIALOG Information Services, Inc.
     Dun and Bradstreet
     Groundwater On-Line (GWOL)
     Justice Retrieval and Inquiry System (JURIS)
     NEXIS/LEXIS
     National Library of Medicine (NLM)
     Scientific and Technical Information Network (STN)
     VU/TEXT
     WESTLAW

-------
                                             AGENCY INTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
                                                   CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NE1C
        System
                     Description
                                                                                                           Application
 Aerometric Information
    Retrieval System
    (AIRS)
 Chemicals in Commerce
    Information System
    (CICIS)
AIRS Facility Subsystem
    (AFS)
Comprehensive
    Environmental
    Response, Compensation
    and Liability  Information
    System
    (CERCLIS)
Consent Decree Tracking
   System
 A  national system in ADABAS maintained by  the
 National  Air  Data   Branch  which   incorporates
 information from many of the Agency's  air databases.
 Emissions data (formerly  in NEDS) is now available in
 AIRS.

 A national system  containing the results of the 1977
 TSCA inventory  and later cumulative supplement of
 approximately 60,000 unique chemical substances (7,000
 claim confidentiality) used commercially in the United
 States.

 A national system  containing compliance information
 including  compliance  status,  agency  actions  (e.g.,
 inspections), etc.  for major sources of the five primary
 air pollutants. Recently converted from the Compliance
 Data System (CDS), AFS is one of five AIRS subsystems.

 A national system  containing names and locations of
 uncontrolled  hazardous  waste sites   in  the  U.S.,
 summary  response event  status information,  alias
 names   and  site   characteristic   data.    Recent
 modifications   include  provisions  for  tracking
 enforcement  activities, and  technical  and  chemical
 information  at   CERCLA   sites.     Superfund
 Comprehensive Accomplishment Plan (SCAP) data is
 also available through CEKCL1S.

A national  system containing a computerized inventory
of consent decrees  to  which  EPA   is  a  party, and
computerized summaries of the  contents  of decrees  by
facility.  NEIC maintains a  hardcopy  library of  all
consent decrees within the system. This repository has
been converted to a full text database on JURIS.
 Data  currently available from  AIRS  consists of the
 ambient air quality data collected by States, utilized fur
 trends analysis  and pollution  control strategies  and
 emissions and compliance data  collected by EPA  and
 State agencies.

 NEIC can access the system by company name  and
 geographical area, generate listings by  company name,
 CAS registry number or geographical area
 NEIC can acquire the  Significant Violators list and
 compliance event data  for individual sources,  whole
 facilities, sources within a certain geographical area
 and sources of a specific industrial classification
 NEIC  can  generate  site  inventory  listings  for
 geographical  area,  the  National   Priorities  List,
 technical event status reports, and enforcement history
 for any uncontrolled hazardous  waste  site and cleanup
 expenditure reports.
NEIC can  produce hard  copies  of all  decrees  in the
inventory,  and  produce  computer  reports  of  the
inventory, the entire contents of decrees, the milestones
to be met  in  specific decrees or for  decrees within a
Region and the contents of all decrees for 
-------
                                            AGENCY INTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
                                                  CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC
       System
                    Description
                      Application
Docket System
DUNS Market Identifiers
   (DMI)
Emergency Response
   Notification System
   (ERNS)
Enforcement Document
   Retrieval System
   (EDRS)
Facility and Company
   Tracking System
   (FACTS)
Facility Index System
   (FINDS)
A national system containing all pertinent information
regarding a civil  or administrative enforcement action
taken by EPA or  designated States against violators of
all Federal environmental statutes.

Leased by the Agency from  Dun and Bradstreet, DMI
contains  basic business  information for privately- and
publicly-owned companies in the United States.

A national system containing information on reported
releases of oil and hazardous substances and responses
by EPA, the U.S. Coast Guard and others to the reported
releases.

EDRS is  a full-text  national  database  of  EPA
enforcement  documents   including  the   General
Enforcement  Policy  Compendium  and  the Policy
Compendiums for  FIFRA, TSCA, RCRA,  CERCLA/
SARA and CWA/FWPCA.

A national database  which provides basic business
information  for  privately-   and  publicly-owned
companies in the United  States, and facility information
for EPA-regulated facilities.  FACTS is comprised of the
DMI and FINDS subsystems.
A national  database which serves as a cross-reference
index on a  facility basis to point to media-specific EPA
databases to acquire additional data.  This is the link
with other EPA data systems.
NEIC can access the entire system to produce reports of
enforcement actions in  a geographical  area,  for a
specific  statute  or media or  for a  specific  source
classification.

NEIC can  generate reports with business information
such as number of employees, amount of sales, telephone
number, principal officer title, and line of business.

Reports  can be generated to identify specific releases
and to  aggregate data on  the  number and types of
releases throughout the country and in specific states
and regions.

EDRS can be used to retrieve all enforcement  documents
containing a word  like  "landfill"  or  relevant to  an
issue, law or regulation.
NEIC   can  generate  facility  listings  for  any
geographical area, type of business, and/or corporation.
DMI locates business information such as number of
employees, amount of sales,  telephone number, and
principal officer.  FINDS  provides facility information
for EPA-regulated databases.

NEIC   can  generate   facility  listings  for  any
geographical  area,  as  well  as a tabulated  listing of
whether other databases contain information about that
facility.
                                                                                                                                         ni
                                                                                                                                         i
                                                                                                                                         cr

-------
                                             AGENCY INTERNAL INFORMATION  SYSTEMS
                                                   CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC
       System
                     Description
                                                                                                          Application
Federal Reporting Data
    System
    (FRDS)
NPDES Industrial Permit
    Ranking System
Permit Compliance System
   (PCS)
Pollution Prevention
   Information Exchange
   System
   (PIES)
A national  system containing  an inventory of public
water supplies in  support of the  Safe Drinking Water
Act.  It contains identiln.ation and statistical summary
information  for each public water  supply including type
of  data  collected  or  monitored,  and   analytical
procedures.

An NEIC-operated and maintained system which
contains  criteria,  ranking  factors  and  calculation
mechanisms to rate (1)  a facility's effluent discharge
pollution potential, including toxics; (2) health impact
potential; and (3) water quality impact potential which is
then used in PCS for major/minor differentiation.

A national  computerized management  information
system containing an inventory  of NPDES permits,
milestone   forecasts,  inspection  events,  effluent
measurement data, effluent and compliance violations
and enforcement actions.
A   national  computerized  information   network
providing  access  to  technical,  programmatic, and
legislative  pollution prevention information.  Includes
a calendar  of events, case studies, directory of contacts,
an interactive message center, and document ordering
capability.
NEIC  can acquire  source  information  and  location,
service  areas,  geographic  areas,  and  historical
                                                                                     information.    Information  on  noncompliance
                                                                                     enforcement actions can also be obtained.
                                                and
NEIC can access the specific data for any of 12 criteria,
ranking factors, and resultant ratings for each of the 12,
as well as  the total ranking for any or  all  of the  three
potentials.  NEIC can  access the data by Effluent Guide-
line subcategory,  as  well as by Standard Industrial
Classification Code.

NEIC   can  acquire  limit/measurement data  for
individual discharges  or whole  facilities, facilities
within a geographic area, sources of a specific industrial
classification and the Quarterly Noncompliance Report
(QNCR) by Region  or State. Information on  effluent and
compliance  schedule  violations  and enforcement
actions/tracking can be obtained.

NEIC can use the system to stay abreast of policy and
program activities at HQ  and the regions as well as
industry specific technical information.   Case studies of
enforcement  settlements incorporating pollution
prevention projects can be obtained.
Potentially Responsible
   Parties System
An  NEIC-automated system, which  links  PRPs from
SETS, SFFAS, and Techlaw files.
This  system  is  used  as  an inventory  of specific
generators or parent  corporations  identified  at  and  1-1
among hazardous waste sites.                            i

-------
                                             AGENCY INTERNAL INFORMATION  SYSTEMS
                                                   CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC
       System
                     Description
                                                                                                          Application
Records of Decision System
    (RODS)
Resource Conservation and
   Recovery Information
   System (RCRIS)
Site Enforcement Tracking
    System (SETS)

STORET
Superfund Financial
   Assessment System
   (SFFAS)
 A full-text national database of over 2,000 Superfund
 Records of Decision
Conversion to RCRIS from HWDMS is currently under-
way on a per state basis.  RCRIS is scheduled to be operat-
ing as the official automated  source of information on
RCRA program activities by January 1992.
 A centralized national database tracking notice letters
 which have been sent to potentially responsible parties.

 A national database containing water quality data for
 some  1,800 unique parameters from  over 200,000
 collection  points including lakes, streams, wells and
 other  waterways.  New STORET software  provides an
 interface between STORET and PCS data.

 Nationally available computer application  designed to
 calculate the remedial costs  a responsible party can
 theoretically afford to pay for  cleanup of a  site.  Three
 common  financial  ratios  are  used to  make  this
 determination:  (1) Cash flow to total debt, (2) total debt to
 equity, and (3) the interest coverage ratio.
NEIC  can  retrieve a specific ROD by searching onsite   tn
name  or ID  number or can identify all RODS having   u
selected media, contaminants, or remedies.

NEIC  is planning  to use the RCRIS National Oversight
Database, which is derived from the 10 regional RCRIS
databases.   Information available will  include handler
identification, permitting/closure/post-closure,  compli
ance  monitoring  and  enforcement,  and  corrective
action  and  program management data.

NEIC  uses  this  database to  supplement  currently
available responsible party information.

NEIC can access and produce  reports of water quality,
including groundwater quality,  for specific  geographi
cal  areas, for specific parameters (e.g., organics), and
for a specific  station.
NEIC  has  used  the SFFAS  to  provide  financial
assessments for potentially  responsible  parties  in
response to  HQ/Regional  requests  for  several  sites
including the following:   Seymour Recycling (several
hundred  responsible parties), Re-Solve (more  than 200
responsible  parties), and MIDCO I and II (approximately
100 responsible parties).

-------
                                            AGENCY INTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
                                                  CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC
       System
                    Description
                                                                                                         Application
TECHLAW Evidence Audit
    System
Under contract to NEIC, TECHLAW provides document
inventories,  evidence  profiles  and   generator
transaction databases.  TECHLAW has produced, for
about  30 cases,  document inventories  containing key
word  searching  capability  of all related  records
contained   in   Regional   office,  Headquarters,
Department of Justice and/or office files.  For sample
related activities, including those of  the contractor
laboratories, TECHLAW  produces  sample  tracking
profiles.  For  hazardous waste sites, TECHLAW has
produced document  inventories of available  records
dealing with the generators,  volume and type of water,
etc.
NEIC  can  access  the  document  inventories  to
substantiate the universe of information on which a case
is based, to  demonstrate the efficacy and utility of an
evidence  audit system in enforcement  case preparation
and  to provide  demonstrative  examples  of  actual
applications  to establish protocols and implementation
procedures.
Toxic Release Inventory
   System (TRIS)
A  national database  containing information directly
related to the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Report
Form "R."  Two types of submissions will be present:
Partial   (facility  and  chemical  information)  and
Complete (offsite  transfers,  emission and releases,
waste treatment, waste minimization, activities and
uses, and maximum amount stored onsite).
NEIC can  generate  reports for facilities, geographic-
areas,  and chemical  compounds listing facility and
chemical   information  with  emissions,  releases,
activities, etc., for complete submissions.

-------
                                           AGENCY INTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
                                              NOT CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NE1C
       System                                    Description                                           Application

FIFRA/TSCA Tracking         A PC-based regional system that tracks  FIFKA  and   NEIC has limited access through Headquarters.  The
   System (FTTS)            TSCA inspections, samples, case reviews, enforcement   national database is used  to  produce facility listing*
                             actions,  referrals, and State grants.    A national   showing inspections, enforcement data,  and product
                             database is planned for FY89.                          lists.

-------
                                      PUBLICLY AVAILABLE EXTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
                                                   CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC
       System
                      Description
                                                                                                           Application
 Bibliographic Retrieval
    Service (BRS)
Chemical Information
    System (CIS)
Colorado Alliance of
    Research Libraries
    (CARL)
DataTimes
DIALOG Information
   Services,  Inc.
Dun and Bradstreet
 The BRS system contains more than 100 databases with
 unique files in the chemical technology and standards
 and specification areas.
The CIS  is a  collection  of scientific and  regulatory
databases containing  numeric,  textual  and some
bibliographic information in the  areas  of  toxicology,
environment, regulations, spectroscopy,  and chemical
and physical properties.

The CARL system includes the  catalogs of the member
libraries, an index of over 10,000 periodicals, a full  text
encyclopedia, Choice book reviews, and a bibliography of
GPO publications.

DataTimes provides online access to numerous full-text
databases, including  newspapers, wire  services,  and
Dow Jones News/Retrieval.

The DIALOG system contains more than 330 databases
covering a variety of disciplines:   Science, technology,
engineering, social sciences, business, and economics.
The databases contain more than 120,000,000 records  and
are  regularly updated  to provide  the most recent
information.

Dun and Bradstreet, a credit-reporting firm, provides
business  information  reports  for  privately  and
publicly-owned companies and government  activity
reports which list Federal contracts,  grants, fines and
debarments for  specific companies.
 BRS  is used  mainly as a backup when the  DIALOG
 system is unavailable but is also used to obtain chemical
 manufacturing and  production information Cor specific
 compounds.

 NEIC uses the CIS to locate  mass spectral information,
 environmental fate  information,  formulation ingredi
 ents  for  commercially available products  such as
 pesticides and waste disposal methods for hazardous
 substances.

 CARL is searched by NEIC staff for general reference, to
 locate books, and to identify articles and documents.
 DataTimes is a source of national environmental news
 Newspaper databases  from all  regions  are  updated
 daily.

 NEIC uses the DIALOG databases to obtain: (I) expert
 witness  information, including  biographies,  publica-
 tions authored, congressional testimony; (2) up-to date-
 pollution  control technology for  hazardous waste,  air
 and  water; and (3) business information such as corpo
 rate  officers, subsidiaries, and line of business.

 NEIC uses the  Dun and Bradstreet  system to locate
 corporate information  such as business  done by  the
 company,  company   history,  financial  condition,
 subsidiaries and corporate  officers for privately held
companies.

-------
                                      PUBLICLY AVAiiABLE EXTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
                                                  CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NE1C
       System
                     Description
                       Application
Groundwater On-Line
   (GWOL)
Justice Retrieval and Inquiry
   System
   (JURIS)
NEXIS/LEXIS
National Library of
   Medicine  (NLM)
The  National  Groundwater  Information  Center
Database  is  a bibliographic  database  containing
references to materials on hydrogeology and water well
technology  with emphasis  on  reports  or projects
sponsored by EPA.

The Justice Retrieval and Inquiry System (JURIS) is a
legal information system developed by the Department
of Justice. It contains the complete text of Federal cases,
statutes, and regulations in addition to selected DOJ
Appellate Court Briefs, trial briefs, and the full text of the
U.S. Attorneys' Manual.  The full-text of the NEIC
Consent Decree repository has been added to JURIS.
JURIS also  coinairis computerized legislative histories
of the environmental  statutes,  model  pleadings,  and
other work products of DOJ attorneys, and EPA General
Counsel opinions from 1970 to the present.

NEXIS/LEXIS contains the full text of more than 600
business  and  general  news  files,  including  the
Washington Post and New York Times.  Statutory and
case  law  are   provided for computer-aided legal
research.

The National Library of Medicine  system  contains
more than 5,000,000 references to journal articles  and
books in the health sciences published since 1965.
NEIC  accesses  GWOL  to  locate  publications  on
groundwater topics and to verify or locate groundwatt-i
experts.
JURIS is used to identify relevant caselaw and current
statutory and regulatory environmental information.
NEIC uses NEXIS/LEXIS to keep informed of the latest
Agency and environmental  news stones and to track
corporate  and financial  status of U.S.  businesses
involved in environmental litigation.
NEIC uses the NLM system to obtain.  (1) toxicity and
environmental   health  effects  information   for
individual  chemicals  or  groups   of  chemicals,
(2) physical  and  chemical  properties  of specific
compounds, (3) analytical methodology  references, and
(4)  National  Cancer  Institute  carcinogenic  bioassay
information.
ri

-------
       System
Scientific and Technical
    Information Network
    (STN)
VU/TEXT
WESTLAW
                                     PUBLICLY AVA1I.ABLE EXTERNAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
                                                  CURRENTLY ACCESSIBLE BY NEIC
                     Description
                                                                                                         Application
The  STN  system   contains  databases  covering
chemistry, science, and engineering that are regularly
updated to provide the most recent information. STN has
strong coverage of European and  Japanese scientific
databases.

VU/TEXT contains the full text of 30 daily newspapers,
including nationally  recognized papers such  as the
Boston Globe,  Chicago Tribune, Detroit Free  Press,
Philadelphia Inquirer, and regional papers such  as the
Orlando Sentinel, the Sacramento Bee and the San Jose
Mercury  News.

The  WESTLAW system  contains  legal information,
including the full text of cases from  the Supreme  Court]
U.S.  Court of Appeals, U.S. District Courts, and State
Courts.   It contains  Shepards' Citations, regulatory
information from the Code of Federal Regulations,
Federal  Register, U.S. Code  and the expert witness
information from Forensic Services  Directory.
NEIC uses the STN databases to obtain:  (1) chemical
structures  and  synonyms for a chemical compound,
(2) analytical methods and techniques, and (3) toxicity
of a chemical compound.
                                                                                   NEIC uses VU/TEXT to keep informed of the latest
                                                                                   Agency  and environmental news  stories and  to track
                                                                                   corporate and  financial  status  of U.S.  businesses
                                                                                   involved in environmental  litigation.
                                                                                  NEIC uses WESTLAW  to identify precedent cases, to
                                                                                  locate all cases decided  by a certain  judge or all cases
                                                                                  represented by a certain attorney and to locate possible
                                                                                  expert witnesses.

-------
             APPENDIX F



PROJECT PLAN AND SAFETY PLAN EXAMPLES

-------
                                                                F-l


                              Example

                          PROJECT PLAN*
           MULTI-MEDIA COMPLIANCE INVESTIGATION
               XYZ COMPANY, MIDTOWN, ANYSTATE

 INTRODUCTION

      The XYZ Company operates  a plant at 1234 Anywhere Road in the
 middle part of Midtown, Any state  [Figure 1].  EPA Region XX requested
 that NEIC conduct a multi-media compliance investigation of the  XYZ
 plant.   The  specific  objectives of the investigation are to determine
 compliance with:

      •    Water pollution control regulations under the Clean Water Act
           (CWA), including wastewater pretreatment requirements and
           Spill  Prevention  and Control  Countermeasures (SPCC)
           regulations

      •    Hazardous  waste  management regulations,  under  the
           Resource  Conservation and  Recovery  Act (RCRA) and the
           Anystate Administrative Code (AAC)

      •    Underground Storage Tank (UST) regulations

      •    Air pollution control  regulations under the Clean Air Act
           (CAA), Federal Implementation Plan (FIP), and the Federally
           approved portions of the State Implementation Plan (SIP)

      •    Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) PCB regulations

      •    Superfund Amendments  Reauthorization  Act, Title  III,
           Emergency Planning  and Community  Right-To-Know  Act
           (EPCRA) regulations

     Compliance with other applicable environmental regulations may be
determined by thew NEIC. Region XX personnel will evaluate compliance
with TSCA Sections 5, 8, 12, and 13 during the NEIC inspection, and report
their findings separately.

BACKGROUND

     XYZ began operating the plant in 1492. Compounds A, B, and C;
chemicals D, E, and F; pesticides G  and H, and special containers for these
materials have been manufactured on site.  In 1942, some operations
(formerly under the Middle Division) were acquired by a  company known as
    Subject to revision


                                                            (•3/S2)

-------
 F-2


 "Newage, Inc."  The remaining XYZ plant  currently manufactures water
 soluble specialty items, and conducts research and development.

      The XYZ plant employs a total of about  1,300 people, in a Primary
 Division, a  Secondary Division, a Tertiary  Division, and R and  D
 Laboratory.   The Primary Division manufactures compounds A, B, and C
 (240 tons in 1990).  Raw materials for the compounds are purchased from
 an outside source.  The Secondary Division makes chemicals and pesticides
 under numerous brand names (180 tons in 1990), and the Tertiary Division
 makes special containers for these materials (3 million containers  in 1990).
 Research and development are conducted by R and D Laboratory.

      The EPA Region XX Environmental Compliance Division, Midtown
 District Office (MDO), conducted a multi-media inspection of the XYZ plant
 during the first quarter of 1991.  The MDO inspection report identified
 concerns  with  wastewater  control,  hazardous  waste  management,
 documentation, and spill prevention control.

      Approximately 1.2  million gallons  of  wastewater  per  day  are
 discharged to  the  Midtown  Wastewater Treatment Plant  (MWTP)  of
 Midtown, Anystate.  There are two direct National Pollutant Discharge
 Elimination System discharges (001 and 002) to  the Midtown River at this
 facility. Additionally, sewered plant effluent discharge is regulated by the
 MWTP pretreatment standards, and the Federal effluent limitations  and
 standards for the Compounds, Chemicals, Pesticides and Containers point
 source category. The R and D Laboratory conducts the Company's effluent
 analyses.

      Violations of the MWTP pretreatment ordinance effluent limitations
 have occurred for solids, and the toxic standards.  MWTP is concerned with
 data indicating the discharge of solids  and toxics  J, K, and  L from the
 plant.   XYZ  also may have modified their pretreatment plant without
 obtaining a construction permit required by the Anystate Environmental
 Resources Department (AERD).

      XYZ submitted the original RCRA Part A permit application on
 November 15, 1980.  The application listed 19 hazardous waste management
 units, including 4 container storage areas, 10 storage tanks, and 5 storage
 surface impoundments. AERD is responsible for monitoring hazardous
 waste activities.

      The facility's June 1990 contingency plan lists 14 above ground and 22
 underground  tanks on site. The tanks range in size from 2,000 to 50,000
gallons, with  the majority  between 5,000 and 20,000 gallons.  These tanks
 are located in a tank farm  area and near production areas.

      The plant emits both volatile organics and particulates.  There is no
volatile organic constituent  emission control  equipment.   Particulate
 emissions are controlled by three  dust collectors. Five wet scrubbers are
                                                              (03/92)

-------
                                                                  F-3


used to control fugitive particulate emissions when mixing bags of dry raw
materials in reaction vessels.  Air emissions are regulated by "Anystate
Permits and Air Pollution regulations including AERD Operating Permits.
EPA also promulgated a FIP on February 14, 1991.

      On  August 31, 1983, EPA Region XX conducted a PCB sampling
inspection at the plant.  XYZ was fined for violations, including cracks in
the floor of  the PCB storage area, not conducting monthly inspections,  no
annual document, and not properly marking PCB transformers.

      The Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) for this plant lists emissions of A,
B, C, and D. The TRI also lists various inorganics, including E, F, G, and
H.

INVESTIGATIVE METHODS

      Investigation objectives will  be addressed by:

      •     Compilation  and review of EPA, AERD, and MWTP database
            and file information

      •     Meetings  with  EPA  Region  XX  personnel  to  discuss
            investigation specifics  including:   objectives, logistics, and
            potential sampling  locations

      •     An on-site inspection

     Meetings with Region XX personnel took place (date).  The  on-site
inspection, scheduled to begin (date), will include:

      •      Discussing plant operations with facility personnel

      •      Reviewing and copying,  as appropriate,  facility documents
            including operating plans and records

     •      Visually  inspecting  plant  facilities  including  processing,
            material storage, and  waste handling facilities

     •      Sampling and  analysis of appropriate waste streams  and/or
            any unknown/unauthorized discharges to assist in compliance
            determination,  as follows:

            (a)   MWTP will collect and analyze wastewater samples for
                 organic constituents during  the  week  of (date).  All
                 QA/QC will be the responsibility of MWTP.

            (b)    NEIC  will collect  wastewater samples for volatile
                 organic  constituent  analysis during  the  on-site
                 inspection.  NEIC will conduct the associated analysis.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 F-4
       After completing the on-site inspection, NEIC investigators will brief
 appropriate EPA Region  XX Program and Office of Regional Counsel
 personnel  regarding preliminary findings.

       A draft report, including any analytical data, will be written by NEIC
 personnel  and  transmitted to EPA Region XX personnel for review and
 comment.  A final report will be completed about two weeks after Region V
 comments  are received.  If analytical data are not available by (date), they
 will be presented in an addendum to the report.

       NEIC personnel will be available for any additional support required
 (negotiations, litigation, etc.) until noncompliance issues are resolved.

 DOCUMENT CONTROL PROCEDURES

       NEIC  document  control  procedures* will be followed during the
 investigation.  TSCA "Notice  of Inspection" and "Confidentiality"  forms
 will be completed during the opening conference.  Documents and records
 obtained from  the Company  will be uniquely numbered and listed  on
 document logs.  Photograph logs will also be maintained.  A  copy of the
 document  and  photograph  logs,  with a  Receipt For  Samples/Document
 form,  will  be offered to  the Company prior to completion of the on-site
 inspection.  Any documents  declared to  be  confidential business
 information pursuant to 40 CFR Part 2  will be so noted on the log and
 secured appropriately.

 SAFETY PROCEDURES

      Safety procedures to be  followed during the  on-site inspection will
 comply with those described in the attached  safety plan [Appendix A], and
 established NEIC safety procedures.  These procedures are contained  in
 EPA 1440 - Occupational Health and Safety Manual (1986 edition), Agency
 orders, and applicable  provisions  of  the NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA
 Occupational Safety and Health Guidance  Manual for Hazardous Waste
 Site Activities.   The Company's  safety policies will also be reviewed and
 followed.

 TENTATIVE SCHEDULE

 (date)       Region XX will notify facility of inspection (verbally and  in
            writing)
 (date)       Initiate on-site inspection
(date)       Brief Region V regarding preliminary findings
(date)       Draft report to Region V
    NEIC Policies and Procedures Manual, revised August 1991


                                                              (03/92)

-------
                                 APPENDIX

                                   NEIC
                               SAFETY  PLAN
                                    FOR
   HAZARDOUS   SUBSTANCES  RESPONSES  AND  FIELD  INVESTIGATIONS

 The OSHA  Hazardous  Waste  Site  Worker  Standards   (29  CFR  1910.120)
 and EPA  protocols  require  certain  safety  planning efforts  prior  to
 field  activities.    The  following  format  is  aligned  with these
 requirements.    Extensive training  and  certifications  are  required
 in addition  to  this  plan.

 PROJECT:    .	.	NEIC  Reporting  Code:  	

 Project  Coordinator:    .	Date 	

 Branch  Chief:	   Date .	

 On Scene  Coordinator  or Supervisor:


 Health  and  Safety  Manager

      Approval:   	   Date   	
                       DESCRIPTION  OF   ACTIVITY

If any of the following information is unavailable, mark "UA"; if covered in project plan, mark 'PP'.
Site  Name:    	
Location  and  approximate  size:
Description  of  the response  activity  and/or  the  job  tasks  to  be
performed:
Duration  of  the Planned  Employee  Activity:
Proposed  Date  of  Beginning  the  Investigation

Site  Topography:    	
Site Accessibility by  Air and  Roads:

-------
           HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES AND HEALTH HAZARDS
              INVOLVED  OR SUSPECTED AT THE SITE



 Fill in any information that is known or suspected


                        Chemical and     Identity of Substance
 Areas  of Concern    Physical  Properties    and Precautions
 Explosivity:




 Radioactivity:
 Oxygen  Deficiency:   	
 (e.g.,  Confined Spaces)
Toxic  Gases:
Skin/Eye Contact
Hazards:
Heat Stress:
Pathways from site for hazardous substance dispersion:




                    WORK PLAN  INSTRUCTIONS

A.   Recommended Level of Protection:  A 	 B     C

     Cartridge Type, if Level C:	
     Additional Safety Clothing/Equipment:

-------
                                                            F-;
      Monitoring Equipment to be Used:
 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL:

      Number and Skills
 CONTRACTOR SAFETY CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
Have contractors received OSHA required training and certification?
 (29 CFR 1910.120)

                Yes 	      Not Required 	

 (If "yes", copy of training certificate(s) must be obtained from contractor)

B.   Field  Investigation and Decontamination Procedures:

Decontamination  Procedures  (contaminated  protective   clothing,
instruments,  equipment,  etc.):
Disposal  Procedures  (contaminated equipment,  supplies,  disposal
items, washwater, etc.):  	

-------
     F-8
                   IV.   EMERGENCY CONTACTS
Hospital Phone No.:

Hospital Location:
EMT/Ambulance Phone No.:

Fire Assistance Phone No:
NEIC Health and Safety Manager:  Steve Fletcher - 303/236-5111
                                                  FTS 776-5111

Radiation Assistance:  Wayne Bliss, Director
                       Office of Radiation Programs
                       Las Vegas Facility (ORP-LVF)
                       702/798-2476
                       FTS 545-2476

-------
                  APPENDIX G





MULTI-MEDIA INVESTIGATION EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST

-------
                                                                  G-l
                              Appendix G
       MULTI-MEDIA INVESTIGATION EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST

 DHL/Federal Express forms
 Packing/shipping labels
 Packing tape/fiber tape
 Custody tape/evidence tape
 Coolers with TSCA locks
 Cartridges for respirators (14 organic vapor)
 Extra vehicle keys
 TSCA lock and bar on rear closet doors of van
 Accordian folders
 Yellow Post-It notes
 Box paper clips
 Staplers
 Boxes of staples
 Xerox machine
 Related plugs for xerox machine to connect to trailer outlets
 Alter 220 extension plug-in to adapt to SCA hookup
 Boxes rubber bands
 Xerox paper
 Writing paper
 Box of pens
 Box of pencils
 Pencil sharpener
 Large eraser
 Calculators
 Lap top/notebook computer
 Desk lamps, preferably flat bases
 TSCA/PCB forms (CBI green sheets, Confidentiality Notice, Declaration of
   CBI, Notice of Inspection)
 Cameras,  Polaroid and Nikon 35mm
 Boxes film for each (Ecktachrome slides for 35mm)
 300-Foot tape
 Brunton compass
Two way radios and chargers
                                                               (03/92)

-------
 G-2
 Flashlights
 Tyvex suits, disposable gloves
 Rulers
 Desk blotters
 Chain-of-custody forms
 Ice chests for sample shipping (environmental)
 Packing material
 NEIC Procedures manual for shipping of samples and TSCA material
 Sample receipt forms
 Sample tags
 Microfilm copier
 Microfilm copier film
 Tool box
 Steel sounding tape
 SS weight for tape and SS wire
 Boxes Kimwipes
 Clipboards
 Carpenter's chalk
 Sonic sounder
 12-Foot tape measure
 Garbage bags
 Pair NUKs boots
 Folding 6-foot ruler
 Colored pens/pencils/markers
 8-oz. jars
 Quart size jars
 Plastic Ziplocks
 Glass thieves
 Plastic/metal scoops
 Shovel
pH paper/meter
 HNu meter
Bacon bombs
Sampling gear
Media-specific sampling gear
                                                               (03/92)

-------
             APPENDIX H





SUGGESTED RECORDS/DOCUMENTS REQUEST

-------
                                                                   H-l


                              Appendix H
            SUGGESTED RECORDS/DOCUMENTS REQUEST


 GENERAL PROCEDURE

      The records evaluation generally will proceed in two stages.  First,
 various records to be reviewed will be identified.  Generally, these records
 will date back three years from the present, but some of the records will be
 for specific time periods.  Second, according to a schedule to be developed
 onsite,  the records will  be reviewed and copies requested, as needed.
 Alternately, document copies will be requested for later review after the
 investigation.

 GENERAL

 1.    Facility map and plot plan
 2.    Organizational chart
 3.    Description of facility and operations

 CLEAN AIR ACT (CAA)

 1.    Plot plan of the facility showing location and identification of all
      major process area  and stacks

 2.    Brief descriptions for all process areas to include:

            (a) simplified process flow diagrams
            (b) pollution control equipment

 3.    Permits  and/or variances for air emission  sources and related
      correspondence

4.    Consent Decrees/Orders/Agreements still in effect

5.    Sulfur in fuel records for boiler/space heater fuel

6.    Stack tests (most recent) and stack and ambient monitoring data (last
      2 quarters)

7.    Performance specification tests  for continuous emission monitors

8.    1989 state emissions inventory report

9.    Procedures/manuals for the  operation  and  inspection  of pollution
      control equipment

10.    Required  notices for  asbestos  demolition/renovation  projects in
      progress or completed within the last three years
                                                                (03/92)

-------
 H-2
 11.   Hours of operation and process weight rates for the automated multi-
      base propellant (AMB) manufacturing facility (last 2 years)

 12.   Annual volatile organic compounds (VOC) emissions from the AMB
      facility including associated VOC  storage  tanks  (last  2  years).
      Describe the method(s) used to  determine emissions.  If estimates
      have been made show calculations  and assumptions.

 13.   Annual AMB facility inspections reports (last 2 years)

 14.   Annual AMB facility VOC emissions control reports (last 5 years)

 15.   Non-compliance AMB reports (last 2 years)

 16.   List air  pollution sources, not covered in items  1 - 8, such  as
      combustions units larger than 2.5  million BTUs/hr heat inputs and
      incinerators (other than the RCRA  incinerators)
RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT (RCRA)


1.    List of description of all hazardous waste storage areas, including
      above and below ground tanks, temporary tanks, drum storage
      areas, pits, ponds, lagoons, waste piles, etc., that have been operated
      at any time since November 1980.

2.    RCRA Part A Permit Application

3.    Manifests for  all offsite  shipments of hazardous waste, including
      notifications and certifications for Land Disposal Restricted (LDR)
      hazardous waste.

4.    Determinations,  data,  documents, etc.,  supporting the  Base's
      decision  that  wastes  are  hazardous,  non-hazardous  or LDR
      hazardous wastes for all solid wastes, as defined under RCRA.  Also
      provide information used in the determination of the EPA hazardous
      waste codes applied to all hazardous wastes.

5.    Notices to the owner or  operator of the  disposal facility receiving
      waste subject to land  disposal restrictions

6.    Schedule and inspection logs for inspection of safety and emergency
      equipment, security devices, monitoring equipment, and operating
      and structural equipment

7.    Satellite accumulation area inspection records
                                                               (03/92)

-------
                                                                  H-3
8.    Employee training records  for hazardous waste handlers, including
      job title and description, name of each employee and documentation
      of the type and amount of training each has received.

9.    Current Contingency Plan

10.   Current Closure Plan

11.   Copy of the Waste Analysis  Plan (WAP) currently in use and effective
      date of the plan. If the current WAP was not effective on January 1,
      1986 provide copies of all WAPs and revisions.

12.   Narrative of procedures used to store  hazardous wastes prior  to
      shipment  offsite for treatment, recycle, reclamation and/or disposal.
      Include a list of all storage and satellite  storage  areas and the
      quantity of waste stored at each area.

13.   Summary reports and  documentation of all  incidents that required
      implementation of the contingency plan for the past 3 years

14.   The Generator Biennial and Exception Reports

15.   Reports and analytical results of any groundwater quality and
      groundwater contamination surveys

16.   Closure plan for units undergoing closure

17.   Inspection schedule(s)  for all hazardous waste management units,
      such as storage areas and tank systems, and all inspection logs,
      remediations document, etc, for the last three years.

18.   Description of the Base's hazardous waste minimization plan

19.   Copy of the annual report for the last three years

20.   Copy of notification  to EPA of hazardous waste  activity to secure
      generator ID number

21.   Copy of Clean Closure Demonstration, if  any.

22.   List of all identified or suspected Solid Waste Management Units on
      the Base's property

23.   List of all locations where hazardous wastes  are generated including
      types, quantity, and EPA hazardous waste codes of wastes

24.   Notification of any releases to the environment and follow-up reports

25.   Notifications for underground storage tanks
                                                               (03/92)

-------
 H-4
 26.   Copy of written tank integrity assessment certified by a professional
      engineer

 27.   Agreements  with  local emergency response  authorities  or
      documentation of refusal by  the emergency response authorities to
      enter into such agreements.

 28.   Design specifications for any underground  storage tanks installed
      after May 1985

 29.   Characteristics  of materials  removed  from  facility septic systems,
      including analytical results

 30.   Wastes burned in the RCRA incinerators, including waste analysis

 31.   Instruments used to monitor  incinerator combustions and emissions

 32.   Incinerator inspection records (last year)


 TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT - PCB  WASTE MANAGEMENT

 1.     Copies of the  "Annual Document" required by 40 CFR 761.180(a) for
      the last 3 years

 2.     Records of monthly  inspections of storage areas subject to 40 CFR
      761.65

 3.     The SPCC plan prepared for storage areas subject to 40 CFR 761.65

 4.     All spill reports

 5.     Records of inspection and maintenance  for PCB transformers for the
      last 3 years

6.     Transformer inventory and PCB analyses

7.     Reports or other documentation identifying the  extent of any PCB
      spills and any remediation plans

8.     Certifications  of Destruction for PCB Transformer disposal

9.     Manifests for PCB items shipped off-site

CLEAN WATER ACT (CWA)

 1.     All NPDES permit(s) applications
                                                              (03/92)

-------
                                                                 H-5


 2.    NPDES permit effective for last 3 years

 3.    Discharge monitoring reports (DMRs) for last 3 years

 4.    Any correspondence regarding exceedences of discharge limitations

 5.    Spill Prevention  Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan and
      Prevention Preparedness and Contingency (PPC) plan

 6.    Description  or lies of all sewer system monitoring stations and
      analyses conducted  on  samples  collected (include monitoring
      frequency).

 7.    Written calibration procedures for flow measuring  and recording
      equipment;  includes  industrial sewers, storm  sewers,  sanitary
      sewers or any other sewers on the Plant's  property.

 8.    Description of waste water treatment plant, sewer system and storm
      water by-pass system

 9.    Consent decrees/agreements still in effect

 COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE COMPENSATION
      AND LIABILITY ACT (CERCLA)

 1.    Specific CERCLA questions will be provided during the inspection.


 EMERGENCY PLANNING COMMUNITY  RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT
      (EPCRA)

 1.    Notification to the State Emergency Response Commission

2.    Designated facility emergency coordinator

3.    Written follow-up emergency release notifications

4.    Material  Safety  Data Sheet report to  the Commission  and fire
      department

5.    Tier I/Tier II submittal to the Commission and fire department

6.    EPA Form R submittals for the past three years

7.    Documentation supporting the Form R submittals for  the past three
      years
                                                             (03/92)

-------
H-6
FEDERAL  INSECTICIDE.  FUNGICIDE.  AND  RODENTTCIDE  ACT
      (FIFRA)

1.    Restricted pesticide use and application records

2.    Pesticide handlers training and certification records

3.    Pesticide inventory and storage area inspection records


SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT


1.    Description of water  supply  system including  supply,  storage
      capacity, distribution, and  monitoring system
                                                               (03/92)

-------
      APPENDIX I





MULTI-MEDIA CHECKLISTS

-------
                                                                1-1
                             Appendix I
                    MULTI-MEDIA CHECKLISTS
TITLE
DATE
SOURCE
 Facility Multi-Media Survey
 Inspector's Multi-Media Checklist
 RCRA
 Pre-Inspection Worksheet
 Land Ban Checklist Questions
 General Site Inspections Information
 Form
 General Facility Checklist
 Land Disposal Restrictions List
 RCRA Hazardous Waste Tank Inspec.
 Transporter's Checklist
 Containers Checklist
 Surface Impoundments List
 Waste Piles Checklist
 Land Treatment Checklist
 Landfills Checklist
 Incinerators Checklist
 Thermal Treat. List(part 264)
 Ground-Water Monitoring Checklist
 Waste Information Worksheet
 Comprehensive  GW Monitoring Eval.

 Comparison of Permit & Oper. Cond.

 Visual Assess. & Audit Activities

 List-Inspec. New RCRA Incinerators

 Landfill and Dump Site Analysis

 Chemical Facility analysis

 RCRA Land Disposal Rest. Gen. List

 Transporter Checklist

 RCRA Land Restrictions-T,S & D Req.

 Solvent Identification Checklist

 Tank Systems-Inspection Checklist

Tank System-Small Quantity Gen.
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989

June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
June 1989
March 1988

April 1989

April 1989

April 1989

April 1989

June 1988

Feb. 1989

Feb. 1989

Feb. 1989

Feb. 1989

Sept. 1988

Sept. 1988
Region I
Region II

RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual

RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA Inspection Manual
RCRA GW Monitoring
Systems Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA Incinerator
Inspection Manual
RCRA LDR
Inspection Manual
RCRA Tank
Inspection Manual
RCRA Tank
Inspection Manual
                                                             (03/92)

-------
1-2
                            Appendix I (cont.)
                      MULTI-MEDIA CHECKLISTS
              TITLE
DATE
SOURCE
Tank-Document of General Inspection  Sept. 1988
Requirements
Tank System-Existing Tank System     Sept. 1988

Tank System-New Tank System        Sept. 1988

Tank Systems and Ignitable Waste     Sept. 1988

Tank System-Release Response        Sept. 1988

Tank System-Visual Tank Inspec      Sept. 1988

Tank-Closure, Post-Closure Call       Sept. 1988

Landfill & Dump Site Analysis         June 1988

Chemical Facility Analysis            June 1988

RCRA LDR Inspections               Sept. 1990
Health & Safety Inspection Form       Feb. 1991
TSCA
TSCA Screening Inspection Checklist
Established Inspections Narrative      Jan. 1989
Report
CWA
Record, Report & Schedule List        1985


Sample Evaluations List Sect. 309      1985


NPDES
NPDES Compliance Inspection Report

Mobile Bioassay Equipment List

Records, Reports & Schedule List      June 1984

Facility Site Review Checklist          June 1984

Permittee Sampling Inspec.           June 1984

Flow Measurement Inspection List     June 1984
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tank
         Inspection Manual
         RCRA Tech. Case Devel
         Guidance
         Prepared by Region V
         OWPE

         Region VI
         Pesticides Inspection
         Manual

         CWA
         Compliance/Enforcement
         Guidance
         CWA
         Compliance/Enforcement
         Guidance

         NPDES Compliance
         Monitoring - Overview
         NPDES Compliance
         Monitoring  - BioMonitoring
         NPDES Compliance
         Inspection Manual
         NPDES Compliance
         Inspections Manual
         NPDES Compliance
         Inspection Manual
         NPDES Compliance
         Inspection Manual
                                                            (03/92)

-------
                                                                  1-3
                              Appendix I (cont.)
                        MULTI-MEDIA CHECKLISTS
               TITLE
DATE
SOURCE
 NPDES Biomonitoring Evaluation      June 1984
 Form
 Laboratory Quality Assurance List     June 1984

 UIC
 Inspections Checklist (UIC)           Feb. 1988

 Pressure Gauge Inspection List        Feb. 1988

 Flow Measurement Inspec. List        Feb. 1988

 Inspections Checklist (UIC)           Feb. 1988

 Pressure Gauge Inspection List        Feb. 1988

 Flow Measurement Inspection List     Feb. 1988

 Ak
 Electric Arc Furnaces (I) List          May 1977

 Opacity Observations (II) List          May 1977

 Performance Test Observation (III)     May 1977

 Operation of Electric Arc Furnace (IV)  May 1977

 Fume Collection System (V) Checklist   May 1977

 Fabric Filter Collectors (VI) Checklist   May 1977

 Scrubbers (VI) Checklist               May 1977

 Electrostatic Precipitators (VIII) List    May 1977

 Tank Inspection Checklist             April 1977

 Sewage Sludge  Incinerators -During   Feb. 1975
 Performance Test
 Sewage Sludge  Incinerators-After     Feb. 1975
 Performance Test
 Municipal Incinerators - During       Feb. 1975
 Performance Test
Municipal Incinerators - After        Feb. 1975
Performance Test
         NPDES Compliance
         Inspection Manual
         NPDES Compliance
         Inspection Manual
         UIC Inspection
         U.S. EPA
         UIC Inspection
         U.S. EPA
         UIC Inspection
         U.S. EPA
         UIC Inspection
         U.S. EPA
         UIC Inspection
         U.S. EPA
         UIC Inspection
         U.S. EPA
      Manual for

      Manual for

      Manual for

      Manual for

      Manual for

      Manual, for
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Steel Producing Electric Arc
         Furnaces
         Volatile Hydrocarbon
         Storage Tanks
         Sewage Sludge Incinerators

         Sewage Sludge Incinerators

         Municipal  Incinerators

         Municipal  Incinerators
                                                              (03/92)

-------
1-4
                             Appendix I (cont.)
                       MULTI-MEDIA CHECKLISTS
              TITLE
DATE
SOURCE
Secondary Brass & Bronze Smelters -   Jan. 1977
During Performance Test
Secondary Lead Smelters - During      Jan. 1977
Performance Test
Basic Oxygen Process Furnace -        Jan. 1977
During Performance Test
Performance Test  of Portland Cement   Sept. 1975
Plants
Periodic Check of Portland Cement     Sept. 1975
Plant
Steam-Electric Generators-During      Feb. 1975
Performance Test
Steam-Electric Generation -After       Feb. 1975
Performance Test
Municipal Incinerators Checklist      June 1973
         Secondary Brass & Bronze
         Ingot Production Plants
         Secondary Lead Smelters

         Basic Oxygen Process
         Furnaces
         Portland Cement Plants

         Portland Cement Plants

         Fossil-Fuel Fired Steam
         Generators
         Fossil-Fuel Fired Steam
         Generators
         Combustion & Incineration
         Sources
                                                             (03/92)

-------
             APPENDIX J
INVESTIGATION AUTHORITY/SUMMARY OF
     MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL ACTS

-------
                                                                                                                           J-l
                                                            Table 1
                             INVESTIGATION AUTHORITY UNDER THE MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL ACTS
 CAA-§
         the Administrator or his authorized representative, upon presentation of his credentials - shall have a nght of entry to, upon  or
     through any premises of such person or in which any records required to be maintained   are located, and may at reasonable times have
     access to and copy any records, inspect any monitoring equipment and method    and sample any emissions

 CWA - •§ 3Q8(a)(4VB)
        the Administrator or his authonzed representative   upon presentation of his credentials - (i) shall have a nght of entry to, upon  or
     through any premises in which an effluent source is located or in which any records required to be maintained  are located, and (li) may
     at reasonable times have access to and copy any records, inspect any monitoring equipment or method. .  any sample any effluents
     which the owner or operator of such source is required to sample. . .."

 RCRA - § 3007fa)
        any such person who generates, stores, treats, transports, disposes of or otherwise handles or has handled hazardous wastes shall
     upon request of any   employee or representative of the Environmental Protection Agency. .  furnish information relating to such
     wastes and permit such person at all reasonable times to have access to, and to copy all records relating to such wastes."

         such employees or representatives are  authorized. .  to  enter at reasonable times any establishment or other place  where
     hazardous wastes are or have been generated, stored, treated or disposed of or transported from; to inspect and obtain samples from
     any person of any such wastes and samples of any containers or labeling for such wastes "

     -§9005(a)(1)

     "  . representatives are authorized  . to enter,   inspect and obtain samples

 TSCA-S 11(aUb)
        any duly  designated representative  of the  Administrator, may inspect any establishment. .  .in which chemical substances or
     mixtures are manufactured, processed,  stored  or held before or after their distribution in commerce and any conveyance being used to
     transport chemical substances, mixtures or such articles in connection with distribution in commerce. Such an inspection  may only be
     made upon the  presentation of appropriate credentials and of a written notice to the owner, co-operator or agent in charge of the
     premises or conveyance to be inspected "

 FIFRA-§8and9
        any person who sells or offers for sale, delivers or offers for delivery any pesticide.  . shall, upon request of any officer  or employee
     of the Environmental Protection Agency   .furnish or permit such person at all reasonable  times to have access to, and to copy  (1) all
     records showing the delivery, movement or holding of such pesticide or device, including the quantity, the date of shipment and receipt.
     and the name of the consignor and consignee.  . .  "

        officers or employees duly designated by the Administrator are authonzed to enter at reasonable times, any establishment or other
     place where pesticides or devices are held for  distribution or sale for the purpose of inspecting and obtaining samples of any pesticides
     or devices, packaged, labeled and released for shipment and samples of any containers or labeling for such pesticides or devices "

     "Before undertaking such inspection,  the officers or  employees  must present to the  owner, operator  or agent in charge of  the
     establishment.   . appropriate credentials and a wntten  statement as to the reason for the inspection, including a statement as  to
     whether a violation of the law is suspected."

        employees duly designated by the Administrator are empowered to obtain and to execute warrants authorizing entry   inspection
     and reproduction of  all records. . .and the seizure of any pesticide or device which is in violation of this Act."

SDWA-?1445
        the Administrator, or representatives of  the Administrator   .upon presenting appropriate credentials and a written notice  to
     any. . .person  subject to. . .any requirement. .  .is authorized to  enter  any  establishment, facility or other property. .  .in order to
     determine. . compliance with this title, including for this purpose, inspection, at  reasonable times, of records, files, papers, processes,
     controls and facilities or in order to test any feature of a public water system, including its raw water source."

CERCLA fSuperfundl - $ 104
-------
Table 2
SUMMARY OF FEDERAL ENVIRONMENTAL ACTS REGARDING RIGHT OF ENTRY, INSPECTIONS, SAMPLING, TESTING, ETC. V
	 . 	 . 	 	 	 ' i-j
Act/Section
Clean Water
Act - § 308(a)


FIFRA-§8(b)
(Books and
Records)
FIFRA - § 9(a)
(Inspections of
Establishments)
Clean Air Act -
§ 114(a)

RCHA
§ 3007(a)
§9005(a)
SDWA
§144 5(b)




TSCA-
§ IKa, b)







CEHCLA-
§104(e)
Designated
Representative
Yes, auth. by
Administrator


Yes, designated
by Administrator

Yes, designated
by Administrator
Yes, auth. by
Administrator

Yes, designated
by Administrator
Yes, designated
by Administrator




Yes, designated
by Administrator







Yes, designated
by President
Presentation
of Credentials
Required


Required

Required
Required

Not required
Required




Required








Not required
Notice of
Inspection
Not required


Written notice required
with reason and sus-
pected violation note
Written notice required
with reasons for
for inspection
Not required except
notify State for SIP
sources
Not required
Written notice required,
must also notify State
with reasons for entry if
State has primary
enforcement
responsibility
Written notice
required







Upon reasonable
notice for information
Sampling Inspection
Permitted of Records
Yes (effluents Yes
which the owner
is required to
sample)
Access and copy Yes
records

Yes See § 8
Yes Yes

Yes Yes
Yes Yes




(The Act does Yes
not mention sam-
ples or sampling
in this section. It
does stale an
inspection shall
extend to all things
within the premise
of conveyance.)
Yes Yes
Sample
Splits
Not required


N/A

Required, if
requested
Not required

Required, if
requested
Not required




N/A








Required, if
requested
Receipt Return of
for Agency's Analytical
Samples Results
Not required Not required


N/A N/A

Required Required,
promptly
Not required ' Not required

Required Required,
promptly
Not required Not required




N/A
IN/ rt







Required Required,
promptly

-------
                   APPENDIX K



EVIDENTIARY PROCEDURES FOR PHOTOGRAPHS/MICROFILM

-------
                                                                 K-l
                             Appendix K
                           PHOTOGRAPHS

      When movies, slides or photographs are taken which visually show
 the effluent or emission source and/or any monitoring locations, they are
 numbered to correspond to logbook entries. The name of the photographer,
 date, time, site location and site description are entered sequentially in the
 logbook as photos are taken.  A series entry may be used for rapid sequence
 photographs.  The  photographer is not required to record the aperture
 settings and shutter speeds for photographs taken within the normal
 automatic exposure range.  Special lenses, films, filters, or  other image
 enhancement techniques must be noted in the logbook.  Chain-of-custody
 procedures depend upon the subject matter, type of film, and the processing
 it requires.  Film used for aerial photography, confidential information or
 criminal investigations require  chain-of-custody  procedures.  Adequate
 logbook notations and receipts may be used to account for  routine film
 processing.  Once developed, the slides or photographic prints shall  be
 serially numbered corresponding to the logbook descriptions and labeled.

                            MICROFILM

      Microfilm is often used to copy documents that are or  may later
become TSCA Confidential Business Information (CBI).   This microfilm
must be handled in  accordance with the  TSCA CBI  procedures  (see
Appendix I for additional information and forms).  Table  C-l  is the NEIC
procedure for processing microfilm containing TSCA CBI  documents.
                                                             (03/92)

-------
 K-2
                                    Table K-l

                       NEIC PROCEDURE FOR MICROFILM
                     PROCESSING OF TSCA CBI DOCUMENTS

 1.     Kodak Infocapture AHU 1454 microfilm shall be used for filming all TSCA CBI
       documents.

 2.     Obtain packaging materials and instructions from the NEIC Document Control
       Officer or Assistant, including:

       •      Preprinted shipping labels
       •      Chain-of-custody records
       •      Custody seals
       •      Double envelopes
       •      Green TSCA cover sheets
       •      TSCA loan receipt

 3.     Prepare each roll of microfilm for shipment to the processor.

       •      Enclose the film in double-wrapped packages
       •      Place a green TSCA cover sheet in the inner package
       •      Place a TSCA loan receipt in the  inner package
       •      Complete a Chain-of-Custody Record, place the white copy in the inner
              package and keep the pink copy for the field files
       •      Seal inner package with a custody seal and sign and date it
       •      Mark the inner package:

                     "TO BE OPENED BY ADDRESSEE ONLY
                TSCA CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION"

 4.     Ship the  film via Federal Express to the Springfield, Virginia  Federal Express
       office and instruct that it is to be held for pickup. USE SIGNATURE SECURITY
       SERVICE  ONLY.

       This practice  requires the courier to sign, the station personnel to sign, and the
       delivery courier to sign.

       Instruct the Springfield Federal  Express  office to hold the shipment for pickup and
       to notify:

              Mr. Vern  Webb
              U.S. EPA/EPIC
              Vint Hill Farms Station
              Warrenton, Virginia  22186
              (730)557-3110

5.     Telephone Mr. Webb and inform him of the date shipped, the number of rolls  of
       film, the air bill number, and your phone number.

6.     Telephone the NEIC Document Control Officer or  Assistant and inform them.
(03/92)

-------
                                                                              K-3


7.     Telephone Mr. Webb the following day  and verify film  quality to determine if
       repeat  microfilming is necessary.

8.     The pink copy of the Federal Express form, with the shipment cost and project
       number indicated,  must be turned in to the Assistant  Director,  Planning and
       Management.  If you are in the field  for an extended period of time (3 weeks or
       more), the pink copies must be mailed to NEIC.
                                                                         (03/92)

-------
                  APPENDIX L





KEY PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES FOR INTERVIEWING

-------
                                                                  L-l


      KEY PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES FOR INTERVIEWING

      The list of principles and techniques presented below is intended to
 highlight methods  which can be  used by auditors  to conduct  effective
 interviews.

 Planning the Interview

      •     Iron out logistics
      •     Define the desired outcome(s)
      •     Organize thoughts  and  establish a general sequence  for
            questioning

 Opening the Interview

      •     Introduce yourself and  the purpose of the interview
      •     Ensure appropriateness of time
      •     Explain how information will be used

 Conducting the Interview

      •     Request a brief overview of the  interviewee's  responsibilities
            with respect to the audit topic(s)
      •     Ask open-ended questions (e.g., "what" or "how"), not obvious
            yes/no questions (e.g., "do you", etc.)
      •     Follow-up on issues which are unclear
      •     Avoid making assumptions
      •     Avoid leading questions
      •     Provide feedback to interviewee  questions, as  appropriate, to
            ensure a level of responsiveness to the interviewee.
      •     Tolerate silences in order to allow the interviewee to formulate
            thoughts and responses

Closing the Interview

      •     Do not exceed the agreed-upon  time limit without getting
            concurrence for an extension
      •     End on a positive note
      •     Summarize  your understanding  of key  points discussed to
            ensure accuracy

Documenting Interview Results

      •    Establish the  context of  the  interview (time, name  of
           interviewee, protocol step)
      •    Take notes of key points during the interview (do not attempt a
           verbatum transcript)
      •    Summarize the outcome and overall conclusions at the end of
           the audit
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 L-2
 Interpersonal Considerations
            Use appropriate voice tone and inflection
            Do not jump to conclusions
 Interview Setting
            Make sure the interviewee feels that there is sufficient privacy
            When appropriate, conduct the discussion in the interviewee's
            work area
            Try to keep it "one-on-one"
            Minimize distractions
Non-Verbal Communication

      •     Shake hands
      •     Maintain eye contact
      •     Keep the right distance
      •     Mirror the interviewee
(03/92)

-------
     APPENDIX M





SAMPLING GUIDELINES

-------
                                                                 M-l
                             Appendix M
                      SAMPLING GUIDELINES

      The value of samples as evidence to document/support a violation is
 contingent upon many factors including:  (1) the method by which samples
 are collected; (2) the selection of sample  containers, preserving samples
 after they are  collected, and ensuring  that  proper holding times are
 adhered to between sample collection and analysis; (3) the accuracy or
 validity of field measurements that are  taken in  conjunction with that
 sampling; (4) the adequate decontamination of field sampling equipment;
 (5) the degree to which appropriate notes or other documentation pertaining
 to sampling  operations are logged in a notebook; and (6) the labeling of
 samples and  employing a suitable chain-of-custody  system. Most of these
 topics will  be discussed in a relatively brief fashion in this section of the
 document.  For additional details, the reader should refer to any of the SOPs
 currently being used by the Regions or NEIC.  Other useful documents are
 program specific sampling/analytical protocols, such  as 40 CFR Part 136
 (NPDES), SW  846 (RCRA),  and the Technical Enforcement Guidance
 Document (RCRA).

 SAMPLE COLLECTION

      Samples  can generally  be divided  into two  separate and distinct
 categories:  (1) environmental samples and (2) source or waste samples.
 The collection of both will probably be necessary during most multi-media
 inspections.  Environmental  samples can include surface/runoff water,
 groundwater, sediment, surface wipes, soil, etc.  Source or waste samples
 can include discharges from  permitted outfalls, PCB oil from electrical
 equipment,  RCRA regulated "hazardous waste", treatment residues,
 leachate, etc.  In the case of any toxic/hazardous materials, the inspectors
 should make  every effort to have the facility collect the sample for them.
 Sampling of either  category can be accomplished by collecting  grab
 samples, composite  samples,  or both.  The  type  of sample ultimately
 obtained will be predicated on satisfying a legal requirement such as  a
permit  which specifies  a type of sample, laboratory  requirements,  or
ensuring that representativeness is achieved.  A  time-based composite
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 M-2
 sample will usually require the use of an automatic sampler set to collect a
 series of discrete samples, over the  time period of interest.  A spatially-
 based composite sample (actually a series of grab samples blended together)
 and grab samples are collected by more conventional means and during a
 much shorter time.  Some type of dipper, scoop, auger, pump,  corers, etc.
 can be used to collect a grab sample.

      Perhaps the two most important points the investigators should keep
 in mind whenever  sampling, are identifying precisely where  the  sample
 will be collected and selecting the appropriate equipment to  collect the
 sample.  From a collection standpoint, a sample must often be obtained
 such that it is representative of the entire media. If the media is well mixed
 and homogenous, a single sample will probably be adequate  to  ensure
 representativeness.  If it  is  not well mixed, the investigator will have  to
 collect several samples at different locations,  and composite them on an
 equally weighted or some  other basis or have each of the discrete samples
 analyzed.  The total number of samples required will largely depend upon
 the  area/volume of the  material and  the degree of nonhomogeneity.
 Normally in this case, the  investigator will  have  to use a statistically
 random  process  to determine where the samples  should be  collected.
 Laying  out some type of imaginary grid to encompass the media to be
 sampled and randomly selecting  specific elements for sampling is one
 common method of ensuring that bias is not introduced and that no other
important statistic is compromised. In other cases, the inspector must rely
on  a  judgmental sampling approach, particularly in situations where a
worst case  result is desired.  In that situation, the inspector should look for
signs of discoloration, wetness, waste plumes or residue, dead vegetation,
odor, or some other physical attribute or apply knowledge  of the situation
(i.e.,  judgment) in an attempt  to  identify exactly where constituent
concentrations are likely to be highest. Other items that must be considered
when selecting sampling  sites are safety, convenience, and accessibility.
The investigators should not collect samples until they have adequate
knowledge  of the site, through touring/observing, interviewing, etc. to make
prudent decisions regarding selection of sampling sites.
                                                               (03/92)

-------
                                                                 M-3
      The second important point the investigator should remember is to
 use the proper equipment to physically collect the sample.  The equipment
 should  either be unused  or decontaminated to an extent that it cannot
 impart any contamination to the sample itself.  Moreover, it is important to
 select sampling  equipment  made  of the proper  material.  Wherever
 possible, the material should be inert (i.e., teflon or stainless steel) and not
 contain, as its principal  constituents, any  of the same  constituents for
 which the samples will be analyzed.  Lastly, the element of safety should
 not be overlooked.  One key example would be where the investigators need
 to sample a potentially hazardous waste from a 55-gallon drum.  Opening
 the drum must be carefully performed prior to sampling.

 SAMPLE CONTAINERS. PRESERVATION METHODS. HOLDING
 TIMES. BLANKS

      In order for the samples to be properly analyzed in the laboratory, the
 field investigators must follow certain accepted procedures relative to  the
 containers they use,  the preservation of the  samples at time of collection,
 the holding time limits which dictate the quickness in which the samples
 must be transported to the laboratory,  and the use of field blanks for  QA
 purposes.  Each of  these procedures  can vary from matrix  to  matrix,
 parameter to  parameter,  and in  some cases,  from program to program.
 All of  this information  pertaining to sample  collection/handling  is
 summarized in the following two  tables.  One table corresponds to liquid
 samples and the  other to nonliquid samples.

 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

      The acquisition of field data is customarily  required whenever
 sampling is performed. A  number of in situ monitoring devices/meters  are
 used  for this purpose, each  of which have certain applications and
limitations.   These instruments  are designed to withstand some rough
handling without  affecting their stability  or reliability.  Parameters
normally measured in the field include but, are not limited to, dissolved
oxygen,  pH, temperature, and chlorine residual.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
                                       SAMflt Kll tUTION/HANDI IN<: KK)U I IU KIN I S j^ii«
                                                                                 SAMPUS
Sa*ple
Paraaeter Type
pactarioloaical
Col i fora, racal fc T Crab
inorganic
BOO
COD
TSS
not
Aaawnia
Mltrita
Mitrata
OrutoPnoapnorua
Total Phoaphorua
oil t Craaaa Crab
Suit Ida Grab
Cyanida T t Aaan Grab
Max chroma Grab
Maroury
Other Heavy Matala
Organic
Volatilaa Crab

Extract, P. P. a
Extract Past/Herb
Phenol a
PCB
TOC
Volatilaa Crab
Saal-Volatilea
Mercury
Other Matala
1 Teflon Lid Linara
1 To extraction
1 Check for Cl, Residual and S
Container
S i ze/Type
250 *1 P.G
sterilized
1000 ml
1000 *1
1000 ml
SI 000 •!
1000 ml

1000 al
1000 Bl
1OOO •!
1000 •!
300 •!
1000 ml
1000 Bl
1000 al
1000 Bl

3-40 al
P.
P,
P.
P.
P,

P.
P.
P.
C
G
P
P
P
P

G
G
G
C
' 1
c 3

c
c
c
only





vials'
Mini*u*
VoluBe
3/4
400
200
1OO
200
400

200
200
200
1000
5OO
300
500
500

40
lull
Bl
Bl
al
Bl
•1

Bl
Bl
Bl
Bl
al
Bl
Bl
al

Bl
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
HMO,
HMO,

Cool
.
l°
•
«
•
*
*
*
•
•
*
9
t
»
t
Pieservation
4.C - O.2*
>, added in
4V
1, 10%
lab

4*C-HjSO to pH<2
4V

4V-H\SO4 to pH<2
4*CH2SOtto p»K2
4"C
4V
4V - H.SO
4V
4V - H^SOt
4V - H,S04
4V - Zinc
4°C ' MaOH
4'C

to pH<2
to pH<2
to pH<2
Acetate; NaOli to
to pH>12*

to pH<2
to pH<2

,
w/25
2-l/2ql
2-1/291
1-qt. C1
G(a*br)'
G(a*br)'


1-40*1 G-Vial*
1000 *1
3-40 Bl
P
G
Qt. Mason
1000 Bl
1000 Bl


P
P



vials'
Jar1




1000
1OOO
1000
2
200
40
5OO
500
500


•1
•1
Bl
•I4
•1
•1
ml
ml
ml


ulfides (lead acetate paper).
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool
Cool


.
t

4'C-HCI to

pll 2,Dechlor
*q/4O*l Ascorbic Acid
4"C-D«chlor
4*C-Dechlor
w/1.0 ml Na^O,
w/1.0 *1 Ma^O,
4V-HjS04 to pH<2
i
*
.
«
.
.


4'C

4*C-H1S04 to pH<2
4V
4'C
4*C
4V





Holding
Tl*es
D ""
48
28
7
28
28
48
48
28
48
28
28
pH>9 7
14
24
28
6

7
14
7
7
28
7
28
14
14
28
hr.
-hi .
day
day
day
day
hr
hr
day
hr
day
day
day
day
hr
day
•o

day-Unpie:
day-Pres
day'
day1
day
day'
day
day'
day'
day'
180 day'


If Cl. is present, add ascorbic acid.




It sulfide lu pie
                                                                                                                              1leld (Al

                                                                                                                              Nullt)
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              None
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              Nona
                                                                                                                              Nuiie
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              Nona
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              Ac Id
                                                                                                                              Meld
                                                                                                                              NaUH
                                                                                                                              I- luld
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                                    J)
                                                                                                                              K1«: I d ( 1)
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              None
                                                                                                                              Acid
                                                                                                                              None
                                                                                                                              None
                                                                                                                              None
                                                                                                                              Noun
                                                                                                                           icmove with
cad*iu* nitrata powder,  filter and pH - 12 with NaOH.
for oil sa*plaa only. Matar aaaples  require 1OOO ml and can be  collected in a 
-------
                               *UB1*-£all*£ufl^^^
 Parameter
 Saeple
  Type
 coo
 TKM
 Total Phosphorus
 Cyanide
 Mercury
 Other Heavy Natal*
 Oroan|c,

 Volatile*
 Extract P.p.a
 Extract Peat/Herb
 Phenols
 PCB

 TCLf

 Volatllas
 Saai-Volatile*
Mercury
Other Natala
 Crab
Crab
Crab
    .Teflon Lid Liner

    .To Extraction
    .Pack Tightly
Container
Size/Type
	 • 	 	 __
a or
• oz
• or
• oz.
a OS
• OS
. glass jar*
. glass jar1
. glass jar1
. glass jar1
. glass jar1
. glaas jar1
2-40 ml G vials'
• oz. glass jar1
• os. glass Jar1
• oz. glaaa jar1
• os. glass Jar1
2-40
• OZ.
• oz.
a oz.
•1 G Vials'
glass Jar1
glass jar1
glass jar1
NlnlBuai
VolUM
— — 	 .
5 gr.
5 gr.
5 gr.
5 gr.
0.2 gr.
0.2 gr.
40 •!*
10O gr.
100 gr.
100 gr.
10 gr.
40 •!*
200 gr.-wet
)200 gr.-wat
)coai>ined
Preservation
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
Cool,
4° C
4* C
4" C
4* C
4* C
4* C
4 C
4 C
4 C
4 C
4 C
4" C
4° C
4- C
4" C
                                                                                          Holding
                                                                                           Tiaeti
28 day:,
28 day*
2U dayi.
14 day*
28 days
 6 MOK.
                                                                      'I dayu
                                                                     10 dayi,'
                                                                     10 day:,'
                                                                     28 days
                                                                     10 days'
                                                                     14  days'
                                                                     M  days'
                                                                     28  days'
                                                                     180 day*'
                                                                                                             111 cinkt>
None
None
None
Nona
None
Nona
                   Meld
                   None
                   None
                   None
                   None
                  None
                  None
                  None
                  None

-------
M-6
      The instruments most often utilized in the field are listed below:
       HNU PI-101
       Foxboro OVA-108
       Foxboro OVA-128
       Sampler, Discrete
          Manning
       Sampler, Discrete
          Microprocessor,
          Manning
       Meter, pH
          loananalyzer,
          Portable, Beckman
       Meter, pH and Temp.
          Recording Analytical
          Measurements
       Meter, pH Recording
          Remote Sampling
          Analytical
          Measurements
       Meter, Conductivity
          Geonics
       Apparatus, Breathing
          SCBA, MSA
       Apparatus, Breathing
          Umbilical,  MSA
       Apparatus, Breathing
          Umbilical,  Survivar
       Apparatus, Breathing
          60 min/Biopack
       Ultrasonic Level/
          Flow,  Manning
       Analyzer, Engine
          Exhaust, Chrysler
          Corporation
       Fluorometer, High
          Volume, Turner
       Flowmeter, Dipper
          Manning
       Sampler, Source,
          Stack, Misco
       Sampler, Source,
          Stack, Scientific
          Glass
       Meter, Watr Current,
          Marsh, McBirney
Fishing Equipment
   Shocker, Coffelt
   Electronics
Locator, Cable
   Magnetic, Brunson
   Instruments
Calibrator, Digital
   0-20 OSL, Kurtz
Calibrator, Digital
   0-15 SLPM, Kurtz
FIT Testing  Apparatus,
   Portacount
Calibrator, High
   Volume, Kurtz
Sampler, Discrete
   Microprocessor, ISCO
Flow Meter, ISCO
Flow Metering Inserts,
   ISCO
Geiger Counter Ludlum
Gas Detector, HCN
   Bayer Diagnostic
Gastech,  Personal
   Model 6X91
Gastech,  Personal
   Model 6X86
Photoionization
   Detector,  Micro
   Tip, HL-200
High Volume Air
   Sampler
Low Volume Air
   Sampler
Portable Generator
   EMS4000, Honda
Well Sampler
   Pneumatic Pump
Recorder, Sound
   Ultrasonic, Level
Well Depth Sounder
Conductivity Meter
ORSAT Analyzer
   Stack Gas
                                                              (03/92)

-------
                                                                 M-7
      Although  the  above  parameter-specific  instruments,  or their
 equivalent, should be used almost  exclusively,  field personnel may
 occasionally utilize a  multi-parameter instrument for the measurement of
 all the above mentioned parameters with the exception of chlorine residual.
 The instrument  is manufactured  by  the Hydrolab  Corporation  and is
 designed specifically for use in the "field."

      Proper calibration of these instruments is considered an essential
 ingredient of the measurement process to ensure the collection of valid
 "field" data.  In general, these instruments are calibrated according to the
 manufacturer's recommended procedures.   The  pH  meter, dissolved
 oxygen meters, and the colorimeters are normally calibrated daily in the
 field, just prior to use.  Calibration of these instruments, according to the
 manufacturer's  specifications, is normally sufficient to ensure  the
 collection of valid data even when taking a number of measurements.
 However, if in the field inspector's judgment, a drastic change in the field
 conditions occurs or if an  instrument  is subjected  to other than  normal
 handling, the instrument should be recalibrated.  The only exception to the
 above procedures  is that the multi-parameter instrument (Hydrolab) should
 only be calibrated in a laboratory environment, just prior to being utilized in
 the "field."

 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION

      When possible, the investigators should use new disposable sampling
 utensils such as plastic scoops, stainless steel spatulas, glass colowassas or
 laboratory cleaned glass jars, since no  additional decontamination is
 needed  for  this equipment.   Nonexpendable  equipment must be
 decontaminated before and  after each use.  This equipment includes, but is
 not limited to, shovels, teflon bailers, soil  augers (powered  and hand
 operated), soil probes, buckets, automatic samplers, etc.  The portion of
 these sampling devices that come in direct contact with the sample must be
 washed with a soapy water  solution, using  a non-phosphate laboratory
 cleaner and vigorous scrubbing (scrub brush). The equipment may require
 disassembly to  ensure that contamination is removed from all surfaces.
Two tap water rinses  follow.  A third  and final rinse  should consist of

                                                               (03/92)

-------
 M-8
 laboratory deionized organic free water. In order to reduce the likelihood of
 cross-contamination due to equipment,  sampling  should proceed from
 cleanest areas first to dirtiest areas last, whenever  possible.   Between
 sampling stations, the equipment is  decontaminated,  as described above.
 At some point during the sampling effort, deionized organic free lab water
 should be passed through  or  over the newly decontaminated sampling
 equipment and then sampled to ensure that the decontamination procedure
 was effective.   This  so-called equipment blank should be  preserved,
 returned to the laboratory using appropriate chain-of-custody procedures,
 and analyzed for the same parameters as the actual samples.  The above
 decontamination  procedure can be modified for  specific parameters and
 conditions, if deemed necessary by the team leader.

      Solvents  should only  be  used if proper decontamination cannot be
 obtained with soapy water (e.g., heavy petroleum products) or if specifically
 requested.  If a solvent is used, the laboratory analyzing the samples should
 be  consulted to ensure the solvent of choice  will not interfere with the
 analytical procedure or mask the results.

 SAMPLE LOGGING

      A sample log should be maintained in a  bound log book which
 documents all samples that are  collected. This log should include a unique
 sample number (if needed),  date, time, sample medium (soil, liquid, etc.),
 preservative (if any), parameters, and location. Included with the log are
 any observations  made by the sampler that would otherwise identify the
 sample or conditions at the time of sampling.  If photographs are taken,
 that should also be noted in the field log book.

 SAMPLE SPLITTING

      Often, it will be necessary to collect  duplicate  samples or  to split a
 sample in order to provide the facility with a separate sample it can analyze
on its own. In these situations, every  effort should be made to ensure that
both samples are as identical as possible and should theoretically yield the
same results.  Bulk samples (liquid)  for parameters such as extractable

                                                               (03/92)

-------
                                                                 M-9
organics, cyanide, nutrients, PCS, metals, etc. may be collected in a larger
container and alternately poured into the appropriate sample containers.
However, the liquid  should be well mixed  during the transfer.   EPA
normally provides the sample containers.

      Certain parameters may not be split using the above method  (e.g.,
volatile organics, semi-volatiles, and oil and  grease) since  these samples
must be collected and analyzed in their original  container. This type of
sample should not be  distributed by splitting  since  it may cause air
stripping of the volatiles or, in the case of the oil and grease, a residue may
adhere to the sample container and cause an erroneous  measurement.
These parameters will necessitate collecting duplicate samples, virtually at
the same time and at the same place to assure homogeneity.

      Samples of solid matrices such as sludge, soil, or sediment may be
placed into a sufficiently large container and either hand agitated and/or
mechanically mixed  with  a blender, etc.  to  achieve a homogenous
consistency,  except for  volatile or  semi-volatile analyses.   Individual
samples may then be placed in the appropriate containers.
      Wipe  samples  (PCB),  due to  their nature, must be  collected
immediately  adjacent to each other with each party receiving a separate
sample.

CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY

      Since  there are legal  implications when sampling data is used as
evidence, EPA must be able to demonstrate that the samples  were protected
from tampering from the time of collection to the time they  are introduced
as evidence.  This demonstration  is based  on  samples  being in  the
possession or custody of an EPA employee at all times, and it is documented
by means of a chain-of-custody record.   Custody implies  both physical
possession as well as controlled access  by locking in a secured area.  The
chain-of-custody record indicates who had possession at  any given point in
time and how and when transfer of custody from one individual to another
occurred.
                                                               (03/92)

-------
 M-10
       Each sample container should be affixed with a sample tag to ensure
 chain-of-custody from the sample location to the laboratory (see next section
 for further details).  The tag contains the sample location, the  sampler's
 signature, preserved (Y or N), parameter(s), and sample type (composite or
 grab) and it must be completely filled out using waterproof ink.

       Pressure sensitive tape affixed to  the container may also be used
 under certain circumstances to identify the sample.  Ink used to write on
 the container must be waterproof.  At a  minimum, the label must contain
 the following information:  location, date, time, sample number (if needed),
 and preservative used.  The sampler should  be certain that the label is
 securely affixed to the outside of the container and will not peel off during
 shipment.

      The chain-of-custody record is  comprised of sample tags and the
 record form itself.  Both of these are shown on  the following pages.  A
 sample tag should be completed for each sample by the field sampler using
 waterproof ink, if possible.  It should be affixed to the sample container in a
 secure  manner.  The field sampler should also complete the  chain-of-
 custody record form, appropriately describing all samples that he/she was
 responsible for collecting. The same wording must be used on both the tag
 and form, and care must be exercised to make sure that all the information
in the chain-of-custody record corresponds properly without discrepancies.
While  the samples are in his/her custody, all necessary precautions should
be  taken by the field  sampler  to ensure  that they are adequately
 safeguarded.   Whenever the possession of samples  is transferred, the
individuals relinquishing and receiving will sign,  date, and note the time
on the record.  The record will continue to accompany the samples.  At the
completion of the process, a copy of all of the chain-of-custody records will
be provided to the team leader for filing.

TRANSPORTATION

      All samples will  be  properly packed in suitable ice chests and
transported back to the Regional Laboratory via vehicle or private transport.
Chain-of-Custody record forms should also be affixed to the ice chests. The
                                                                (03/92)

-------
                                                                M-ll
inspectors should  always lock  the vehicles in  which samples  are  being
transported.  There may be times when DOT regulations will have to be
followed.  At least one member of the inspection team should review the
DOT requirements prior to an inspection, and make certain that they are
complied with in cases where samples are unusually hazardous or travel
through tunnels or if confined/special areas are encountered.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
 NATIONAL ENFORCEMENT INVESTIGATIONS CENTER
    Building 53, Box 25227, Denver Federal Center
           Denver, Colorado 80225
           vvEPA
O
project Code
z
1
1 \ ) -?

^

CX>



CT
3
5T
-z.
o
Station No.
Month/Day/Year
Station Location












3D
OD
3

5




















CD
DJ
O

o
in
'^







-J.
c~

o>








TJ
a>
f-y
CD








<:
S-

a>
O
cu


w




-o
o

-C.
~

(U
ID




<")
m
tu

o
C/)
O


00





O
S

O-
CD







                              Tirno
                                       Designate:
                                     Gump.
                                    OJ CD
                                    o o
                                        O)
                                        m
                                        (A
                                            u
    (A
    A
  0 S
  u "
      0

-------
           Office of Fnfi>i(.ernenl
                                                                   CHAIN OF CUSTODY  RECORD
                                                                                                IMM I K JIM ML LINir UHULMMM I  IIM V I S I H j A I K )NS Ct N I I H
                                                                                                      Buildmi) 5J, Box 25227, Denver I eder.il 1,'enlci
                                                                                                                 Denver, 0011)1,1(1080226
   >ROJ  NO.
    B31
PROJECT NAME
 SAMPLERS (Signature!
 STA  NO
           DATE
                   TIME
                                              STATION LOCATION
                                                             NO

                                                             OF
                                                                              CON
                                                                            TAINERS
                                                                                                                                             REMARKS
Relinquished by (Signature)
Relinquished by
Relinquished by  (Signature!
                      Date / Time
                     Date / Time
                     Date /Time
Received by  /Signature)
Received by  (Signature)
Received for Laboratory by
(Signature)
                                                                                      Relinquished by (Signature)
                                                                                      Relinquished by  (Signature)
                                                                                           Date /Time
                     [Jr. I nl HI 11 (in Oi ii|i ii,il Ac i oiM|>,imt>s Shipment, Copy ID CCHM ,lin,ili>t f irld ( ill-.,
                                                                                                           Date / Time
                                                                                                           Date / Time
                                                                                                                          Received by  (Signature!
                                                                                                                          Received by
                                                                                           Remarks
                                                                                                                                                     W      1  1  7Q

-------
            APPENDIX N





LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS PROGRAM

-------
                                                                 N-l
                            Appendix N
            LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS PROGRAM

RASTC PROGRAM

      Land  Disposal  Restrictions  (LDR), 40 CFR  268,  are  phased
regulations prohibiting land disposal of hazardous waste unless that waste
meets the applicable treatment standards.*  Land disposal includes but is
not limited to placement in a landfill, surface  impoundment,  waste  pile,
injection well, land treatment facility, salt  dome  formation,  salt bed
formation, underground mine or cave, or placement in a concrete vault or
bunker intended for disposal purposes.  The applicable treatment standards
are expressed as either concentrations of contaminants in the extract or
total waste and as specified technologies.

      The schedule for the different groups of waste is:

      •     Solvents and  Dioxins:  banned from land  disposal  (unless
            treated) effective November 8, 1986 and November 8, 1988,
            respectively

      •     "California List" Waste:  This group includes  liquid wastes
            containing metals, free cyanides,  polychlorinated biphenyls,
            corrosives (pH less than  2.0) and certain wastes containing
            halogenated organic compounds.   Solid  hazardous waste
            containing halogenated  organic compounds are  also included.
            These wastes were banned effective July 8, 1987

            "First,  Second,  and Third  Third" Wastes:  The remaining
            listed and characteristic wastes** were divided into thirds (see
            40  CFR 268 for specific  waste groupings).  The first third
            wastes were banned effective August  8, 1988, second third
            June 8 1989 and the third third May 8,1990.
 *   40 CFR 268.40, 41, 42, and 43 contain the treatment standards.
 * *  40 CFR 261 defines listed and characteristic wastes.
                                                                (03/92)

-------
N-2
      •     Newly  Listed Wastes:  New wastes that become  listed after
            November 8, 1984 will be banned on a case-by-case basis.  There
            is no statutory deadline for determining treatment standards.

The  effective dates for  banning these wastes from land disposal can be
modified by several  kinds of variances.  40 CFR 268, Appendix VII includes
all of the different effective dates for each type of waste.  Effective dates can
be modified by any of the following:

      •      National capacity variance
      •      Case-by-case extension
      •      Treatability variance
      •      Equivalent method variance
      •      No-migration petition
      •      Surface impoundment exemption

      Generators of restricted waste  are required to:

      •      Determine whether they generate restricted wastes
      •      Determine waste  treatment standards
      •      Determine whether waste exceeds treatment standards
      •      Provide for appropriate treatment and/or disposal
      •      Satisfy  documentation,  recordkeeping, notification,  certifica-
            tion, packaging, and manifesting requirements
      •     Meet applicable requirements if the generator is or becomes  a
           TSDF

     Treatment, storage, and disposal facilities are required to:

      •     Ensure  compliance with generator recordkeeping require-
           ments  when residues  generated from treating  restricted
           wastes are manifested off-site

     •     Certify  that treatment  standards have  been  achieved for
           particular wastes  prior to disposal
                                                              (03/92)

-------
                                                                 N-3
      To become  familiar with all of the requirements of LDR, refer to
40 CFR  268  and  the  Land Disposal  Restrictions - Summary of
Requirements, OSWER 9934.0-lA, February 1991 for a complete discussion.

EVALUATING COMPLIANCE

      LDR requires  substantial documentation certifying waste  types,
required treatment,  and notifying  waste handlers  of the regulatory
requirements.  Interviews and field observations also may be helpful.

      Interviews may cover:

      •     Who fills out the LDR notifications and certifications
      •     Frequency of sampling and methods  used for sampling  and
           analysis

      Documentation required to be kept by a generator  include:

      •     LDR notifications and certifications
      •     Waste analysis plan if treating a prohibited waste in tanks or
           containers

      Documentation required for TSDFs include:

      •     Storage

                 Waste analyses and results
                 Waste analysis plan (provision for determining whether
                 a waste is prohibited)

      •     Treatment

                 Waste analysis plan
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 N-4
       •     Land Disposal Facility

                  Generator and treatment facility notifications  and
                  certifications
                  Waste analysis plan

      Field/visual observations  related to  LDR requirements  can be
incorporated into a general storage facility inspection.  LDR wastes cannot
be stored longer than 1 year unless the facility can show that the storage is
solely for the purpose of accumulation of sufficient quantities of hazardous
waste  necessary  to facilitate proper recovery, treatment,  or disposal.
Wastes  that are  placed  in storage prior to the effective  date of the
restrictions for that waste are not subject to the LDR restrictions on storage.
A quick  check of accumulation dates on labels will determine how long a
drum has been in storage.  Be sure to note the  hazardous waste number.

      Refer to the Land Disposal Restrictions - Inspection Manual,  OSWER
9938.1A, February 1989, for a complete  discussion on how to conduct an
LDR inspection.  Keep in mind that this  document has yet to be  updated
with information regarding the Third Third wastes.
                                                                (03/92)

-------
                      APPENDIX 0


SOURCES SUBPART (40 CFR PART 60) EFFECTIVE DATE OF
  STANDARD AIR POLLUTANTS SUBJECT TO NSPS

NSPS SOURCES REQUIRING GEM

SOURCES SUBJECT TO TITLE 40 CFR PART 61 NATIONAL EMISSIONS
  STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS

LIST OF HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS TO BE REGULATED UNDER
  AIR TOXICS PROGRAM

-------
                                                                    O-l
                          Table 1

              SOURCES SUBPART(40 CFR Part 60)
EFFECTIVE DATE OF STANDARD AND POLLUTANTS SUBJECT TO NSPS
Source
Fossil-fuel-fired steam generators
constructed after August 17, 1971
Fossil -fuel-fired steam generator
constructed after September 18, 1978
Industrial-Commercial-Institutional steam generat-
ing units constructed after June 19, 1984
Municipal incinerators
Portland cement plants
Nitric acid plants
Sulfuric acid plants

Asphalt concrete plants
Petroleum refineries

Storage vessels for petroleum liquids

Volatile organic liquid storage vessels
Secondary lead smelters
Secondary brass and bronze ingot production plants
Iron and steel plants (basic oxygen furnace)
Iron and steel plants (secondary emissions from
oxygen furnaces)
Sewage treatment plants (incinerators)
Primary copper smelters
TV- . -i
Primary zinc smelters
Primary lead smelters
Primary aluminum reduction plants
Phosphate fertilizer industry
(listed as five separate categories)
Coal preparation plants
Ferro-alloy production facilities

Steel plants (electric arc furnaces)
Steel plants, electric arc furnaces and argon-
oxygen decarburization vessels
Kraft pulp mills
Glass plants
Grain elevators
Metal furniture surface coating
Stationary gas turbines
T ' 1
Lime plants
Lead acid battery plants
Metallic mineral processing plants
Auto and light-duty truck, surface coating operation
Phosphate rock plants
Ammonium sulfate plants
Graphic arts industry
Pressure sensitive tape manufacturing
Appliance surface coating
Metal coil surface coating
Subpart
D

Da

Db

E
F

H

I
J

K
Ka
Kb
L
M
N
Na

O
P
Q
R
S
TUV
wx
Y
Z

AA
AAa

BB
CC
DD
EE
GG
HH
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP
QQ
RR
SS
TT
Effective Date
August 17, 1971

September 18, 1978

June 19, 1984

August 17, 1971
August 17, 1971
G
August 17, 1971

June 11, 1973
June 11, 1973

June 11, 1973
May 18, 1978
July 23, 1984
June 11, 1973
June 11, 1973
June 11, 1973
January 20, 1983

June 11, 1973
October 16, 1974
October 16, 1974
October 16, 1974
October 23, 1974
October 22, 1974

October 24, 1974.
October 21, 1974

October 21, 1974
August 17, 1983

September 24, 1976
June 15, 1979
August 3, 1978
November 28, 1980
September 24, 1976
May 3, 1977
January 14, 1980
August 24, 1982
October 5, 1979
September 21, 1979
February 4, 1980
October 28, 1980
December 30, 1980
December 24, 1980
January 5, 1981
Pollutant
Particulate matter, sulfur dioxide,
nitrogen oxides
Particulate matter, sulfur dioxide,
nitrogen dioxide
Particulate matter, sulfur dioxide,
nitrogen oxides
Particulate matter
Particulate matter
August 17, 1971
Sulfur dioxide, acid mist
(sulfuric acid)
Particulate matter
Particulate matter,
carbon monoxide,sulfur dioxide
VOC
VOC
VOC
Particulate matter
Particulate matter
Particulate matter
Particulate matter

Particulate matter
Particulate matter, sulfur dioxide
Particulate matter, sulfur dioxide
Particulate matter, sulfur dioxide
Fluorides
Fluorides

Particulate matter
Particulate matter,
carbon monoxide
Particulate matter
Particulate matter

Particulate matter, TRS
Particulate matter
Particulate matter
VOC
Nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide
Particulate matter
Lead
Particulate matter
VOC
Particulate matter
Particulate matter
VOC
VOC
VOC
VOC
                                                               (03/92)

-------
0-2
                                              Table 1 (cont.)

                                   SOURCES SUBPART (40 CFR Part 60)
                  EFFECTIVE DATE OF STANDARD AND POLLUTANTS SUBJECT TO NSPS
           Source
Subpart    Effective Date
                                                                                 Pollutant
Asphalt roofing plants

Synthetic organic chemicals
Beverage can surface coating
Bulk gasoline terminal
New residual wood heaters
.Rubber tire manufacturing industry
VinyL/urethane coating
Petroleum refineries
Synthetic fiber plants
Synthetic organic chemicals
  (air oxidation unit processes)
Petroleum dry cleaners
Onshore natural gas processing plants
Onshore natural gas processing plants ,
Synthetic organic chemicals (distillation operations)
Nonmetallic mineral processing plants
Wool fiberglass insulation manufacturing plants
Petroleum refineries (wastewater systems)
Magnetic tape coating
Industrial surface coating, plastic parts for
    business machines
Polymeric coating of supporting substrates facilities
  UU    November 18, 1980;
         May 26, 1981
  W    January 5, 1981
  WW   November 26, 1980
  XX    December 17, 1980
  AAA   July 1,1988
  BBS   January 20, 1983
  FFF   January 18, 1983
  GGG   January 4,1983
  HHH   November 23, 1982
  m     October 21, 1983

  JJJ    September 21, 1984
  KKK   June 24, 1985
  LLL   October 1985
  NNN   December 30, 1983
  OOO   August 1, 1985
  PPP   February 25, 1985
  QQQ   May 4, 1987
  SSS    January 22, 1986
  TTT   January 8, 1986

  VW   April 30,1987
Particulate matter

Performance standards
VOC
VOC
Particulate matter
VOC
VOC
Performance standards
VOC
VOC

VOC
VOC
S02
VOC
Particulate matter
Particulate matter
VOC
VOC
VOC

VOC
(03/92)

-------
                                                              0-3
                              Table 2
                  NSPS SOURCES REQUIRING GEM
Source
Fossil-fuel-fired steam generator
Fossil-fuel-fired electric utilities
Nitric acid plants
Sulfuric acid plants
Petroleum refineries (FBCCU)
Glaus sulfur recovery unit
Primary copper smelters
Primary zinc smelters
Primary lead smelters
Ferroalloy production facilities
Electric arc furnaces
Kraft pulp mills
Lime manufacturing plants
Phosphate rock plants
Subpart
D
Da
G
H
J
J
P
Q
R
Z
AA
BB
HH
NN
Effective Date
08/17/71
09/18/78
08/17/71
08/17/71
06/11/73
10/04/76
10/16/74
10/16/74
10/16/74
10/21/74
10/21/74
09/24/76
05/03/77
09/21/79
Monitor
opacity, SO-2,
NOX, 02 or C02
opacity, SO2,
NOX, O2 or C02
NOX
S02
opacity, CO,
SO2) H2S
opacity, CO,
S02, H2S
opacity, SO2
opacity, SO2
opacity, S02
opacity
opacity
opacity, TRS
opacity
opacity
Flexible vinyl and urethane
   coating and printing

Onshore natural gas processing
   plants
FFF
01/18/83
voc
LLL    10/01/85    SO^/TRS
                                                           (03/92)

-------
 0-4
                                Table 3
             SOURCES SUBJECT TO TITLE 40 CFR PART 61
      NATIONAL EMISSIONS STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR
                            POLLUTANTS
 Pollutant
Subpart
                                                 Source
 Radon-222
 Beryllium
 Beryllium
 Mercury
 Vinyl chloride


 Radionuclides
 Radionuclides



 Benzene (leaks)
Radionuclides
Benzene
Asbestos
Inorganic arsenic
Inorganic arsenic
Inorganic arsenic
   B
   C
   D
   E
  H
  I
  K
  L
  M
  N
  0
  P
 Underground uranium  mines
 Extraction plants
 Ceramic plants
 Foundries
 Incinerators
 Machine shops
 Rocket motor firing
 Ore processing plants
 Chlor-alkali plants
 Sludge incinerators
 Sludge drying plants
 Ethylene dichloride plants
 Vinyl chloride plants
 Polyvinyl chloride plants
 DOE facilities
 Facilities licensed by the Nuclear
 Regulatory Commission and
 Federal facilities not covered by
 Subpart H
 Equipment in benzene service
 (plants designed to produce  more
 than 1,000 megagrams of benzene
 per year)
 Elemental phosphorus plants
 Coke by-product recovery plants
Asbestos mills
 Manufacturing
Demolition and renovation
Spraying
Fabrication
Waste disposal
Glass manufacturing plants
Primary copper smelters
Arsenic trioxide and metallic
arsenic production facilities
(03/92)

-------
                                                                  0-5
                            Table 3 (cont.)
            SOURCES SUBJECT TO TITLE 40 CFR PART 61
     NATIONAL EMISSIONS STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR
                            POLLUTANTS
Pollutant
Subpart
Source
Radon-222
Radon-222
Radon-222
Volatile hazardous air
(VHAP)*
Radon-222
Benzene
Benzene
Benzene
Q
R
T
V
W
Y
BB
FF
DOE facilities
Phosphogypsum stacks
Disposal sites of uranium mill
tailings
Equipment leaks (fugitive
pollutants emission sources)
Licensed uranium mill tailings
Benzene storage vessels
Benzene transfer operations
Benzene waste operations
    Volatile hazardous air pollutant (VHAP) means a substance regulated under this
    part for which a standard for equipment leaks has been proposed and promulgated.
    As of February 1, 1989, benzene and vinyl chloride are VHAPs.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 0-6
                                     Table 4
  LIST OF HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS TO BE REGULATED UNDER AIR TOXICS PROGRAM
CAS
Number
75070
60355
75058


107028
79061
79107
107131
107051
92671
62533
90040
1332214
71432
92875
98077
100447
92524
117817
542881
75252
106990
156627
105602
133062
63252
75150
56235
463581
120809
133904
57749
7782505
79118
532274
108907
510156
Chemical name
Acetaldehyde
Acetamide
Acetonitrile
Acetophenone
2-Acetylaminofluorene
Acrolein
Acrylamide
Acrylic acid
Acrylonitrile
Allyl chloride
4-Aminobiphenyl
Analine
o-Anisidine
Asbestos
Benzene (including benzene from
gasoline)
Benzidine
Benzotrichloride
Benzyl chloride
Biphenyl
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate (DEHP)
Bis(chloromethyl)ether
Bromoform
1,3-Butadiene
Calcium cyanamide
Caprolactam
Captan
Carbaryl
Carbon disulflde
Carbon tetrachloride
Carbonyl sulfide
Catechol
Chloramben
Chlordane
Chlorine
Chloroacetic acid
2-Chloroacetophenone
Chlorobenzene
Chlorobenzilate
CAS
Number
67663
107301
126998
1319773
95487
108394
106445
98828
93747
3547044
334883
132649
96128
84742 '
106467
91941
111444
542756
62737
111422
121697
64675
119904
60117
119937
79447
68122
57147
13113
77781
534521
51285
121142
123911
122667
106898
106887
140885

Chloroform
Chloromethyl methyl ether
Chloroprene
Cresols/cresylic acid (isomers and
mixture)
o-Cresol
m-Cresol
p-Cresol
Cumene
2,4-D, salts and esters
DDE
Diazomethane
Dibenzofurans
l,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
Dibutylphthalate
l,4-Dibhlorobenzene(p)
3,3-Dichlorobenzidene
Dichloroethyl ether [Bis(2-chloroethyl)
ether]
1,3-Dichloropropene
Dichlorvos
Diethanolamine
N,N-Diethyl aniline
(N,N-Dimethylaniline)
Diethyl sulfate
3,3-Dimethoxybenzidine
Dimethyl aminoazobenzene
3,3'-Dimethyl benzidine
Dimethyl carbamoyl chloride
Dimethyl formamide
1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine
Dimethyl phthalate
Dimethyl sulfate
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
l,4-Dioxane(l,4-Diethyleneoxide)
1,2-Diphenyl hydrazine
Epichlorohydrin( l-Chloro-2,3-
epoxypropane)
1,2-Epoxybutane
Ethyl acrylate
(03/92)

-------
                                                                             o--
                                 Table 4(cont.)
LIST OF HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS TO BE REGULATED UNDER AIR TOXICS PROGRAM
CAS
Number
100414
51796
75003
106934
107062
107211
15164

96457
75343
50000
76448
118741
87683 '
77474

822060
680319
110543
302012
7647010
7664393
7783064
123319
78591
58899
108316
67561
72435
74839
74873
71556
78933
60344
74884
108101
624839
Chemical name
Ethyl benzene
Ethyl carbamate (Urethane)
Ethy chloride (Chloroethane)
Ethylene dibromide (Dibromoethane)
Ethylene dichloride
(1,2-Dichloroethane)
Ethylene glycol
Ethylene iminie (Aziridine)
Ethylene oxide
Ethylene thiourea
Ethylidene dichloride
(1,1-Dichloroethane)
Formaldehyde
Heptachlor
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Hexachloroethane
Hexamethylene-l,6-diisocyanate
Hexamethylphosphoramide
Hexane
Hydrazine
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrogen fluoride (Hydrofluoric acid)
Hydrogen sulfide^
Hydroquinone
Isophorone
Lindane (all isomers)
Maleic anhydride
Methanol
Methoxychlor
Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)
Methyl chloride (Chloromethane)
Methyl chloroform
(1,1,1-Trichloroethane)
Methyl ethyl ketone (2-Butanone)
Methyl hydrazine
Methyl iodide (lodomethane)
Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone)
Methyl isocyanate
CAS
Number
80626
101144
75092
101688
101779
1634044
91203
98953
92933
100027
79469
684935
62759
59892
56382
82688
87865
108952
106503
75445
7803512
7723140
85449
1336363
1120714
57578
123386
114261
78875
75569
75558

106514
100425
96093
1746016
79345
Chemical Name
Methyl methacrylate
4,4-Methylene bis(2-chloroaniline)
Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane;
Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate
(MDI)
4,4'-Methylenedianiline
Methyl tert-butyl ether
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
4-Nitrobiphenyl
4-Nitrophenol
2-Nitropropane
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
N-Nitrosomorpholine
Parathion
Pentachloronitrobenzene
(Quintobenzene)
Pentachlorophenol
Phenol
p-Phenylenediamine
Phosgene
Phosphine
Phosphorus
Phthalic anhydride
Polychlorinated biphenyls (Aroclors)
.,3-Propane sultone
beta-Propiolactone
Propionaldehyde
Propoxur (Baygon)
Propylene dichloride
(1,2-Dichloropropane)
Propylene oxide
1,2-Propylenimine (2-Methyl
aziridine)
Quinoline
Quinone
Styrene
Styrene oxide
2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
                                                                         (03/92)

-------
 0-8
                                        Table 4 (cont.)

  LIST OF HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS TO BE REGULATED UNDER AIR TOXICS PROGRAM
CAS
Number
127184
7550450
108883
95807
584849
95534
8001352
120821
79005
79016
95954
88062
121448
1582098
540841
108054
593602
75014
75354
1330207
95476
108383
106423
Chemical name
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)
Titanium tetrachloride
Toluene
2,4-Toluene diamine
2,4-Toluene diisocyanate
o-Toluidine
Toxaphene (Chlorinated camphene)
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
Triethylamine
Trifluralin
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl bromide
Vinyl chloride
Vinylidene chloride
(1,1-Dichloroethylene)
Xylenes (isomers and mixtures)
o-Xylenes
m-Xylenes
p-Xylenes
CAS
Number























Chemical Name
Antimony compounds*
Arsenic Compounds (inorganic
including arsine)*
Beryllium compounds*
Cadmium compounds*
Chromium compounds*
Cobalt compounds*
Coke oven emissions
Cyanide Compounds ^
Glycol ethers* ^
Lead Compounds*
Manganese Compounds*
Mercury Compounds*
Fine mineral fibers^
Nickel compounds*
Polycrylic Organic Matter1*
Radionuclides (including radon)^
Selenium Compounds*






     Unless otherwise specified, these listings are defined as including any unique chemical substance
     that  contains  the  named  chemical  (i.e.,  antimony,  arsenic, etc.) as part of the chemical's
     infrastructure.
(03/92)

-------
APPENDIX P





TSCA FORMS

-------
                                                                   p-1

                             Appendix P
            CONFIDENTIALITY NOTES AND DISCUSSIONS

      The TSCA Notice  of Inspection [Figure  L-l] and Inspection
Confidentiality Notice [Figure L-2] are presented to the facility owner or
agent  in  charge during the opening  conference.   These notices inform
facility officials of their right to claim as confidential business information
any information (documents, physical samples, or other material) collected
by the  inspector.

Authority to Make Confidentiality Claims

     The inspector must ascertain whether the facility official, to whom
the notices were given, has the authority to make business confidentiality
claims  for the company.  The facility official's signature must be obtained at
the appropriate places on the notices certifying that he does or  does not have
such authority.

     •    The  facility owner is assumed to always have the authority to
           make business confidentiality  claims.   In  most cases, it is
           expected  that the  agent in charge  will  also have  such
           authority.  It is possible that the officials will want to consult
           with their attorneys (or superiors in  the case  of agents  in
           charge) regarding this  issue.

     •     If  no one at the site  has the authority to make business
           confidentiality  claims,  a  copy  of the TSCA Inspection
           Confidentiality  Notice  and Notice  and  Declaration   of
           Confidential Business Information form [Figure L-3] are  to be
           sent to the chief executive officer of the firm within 2 days of the
           inspection.  He will  then have 7 calendar days in  which  to
           make confidentiality claims.

     •      The  facility official  may designate a company official,  in
           addition to the chief executive officer, who should also receive a
           copy of the notices and any accompanying forms.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
^^ ••••^kJ^ WASHINGTON. 00 20460 40 -•r~j~or^^
^"^ »*Mp^ TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT f^Tj T' X' "'' '
^^™" ** MOTICE OF INSPECTION

DATE INSPECTOR NO DAILY SEQ.NC
4 (\S?:CToR ADDRESS
3 FIRM NAVE

REASON FOR INSPECTION
Under the authority of Section 1 1 of the Toxic Substances Control Act .
	 For the purpose of nspecting (including taking sam
ment, facility, or other premises in wh'Ch chemical
essed or stored, or held before or after their distnbu
facilities) and any conveyance being used to transpo
with their distribution in commerce (including reco
requirements of the Act applicable to the chemical
conveyance have been compl ed with.
pies, ohotograohs, statements, and other ospecvon act ;.t,es a:- estr.: .-
uostarces or mixtures or articles containing same are manu'ac:^'-: c-:c
tion n commerce (including records, files, pacers, orocesses corf- ; 3-0
•ds, f;ies, papers, processes, controls, and facilities) oeanng on 
-------
US ENVIRONMENTAL. 3t>CTEC"" ON -»j£NCv
^Sk VMHi^ m WASHINGTON 3C 2O160 -,-"- -jcr;,»?
• • • • Uf\ ;we v; :c "j xc '
^V^V^V^^A TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT fo/^sjj-^
^•^"•1 ^* TSCA INSPECTION CONFIDENTIALITY NOTICE
1 INVESTIGATION IDENTIFICATION
DATE 'INSPECTOR NO |OAIL.YSEQ. NO
i
3 INSPECTOR NAME
5 INSPECTOR ADDRESS
2 FIRM NAME
4 SIPM ADDRESS 	
6. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER NAME
7 TITLE
                                         TO ASSERT A CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION CLAIM
   It is possible that EPA will receive public requests for release of  the
   information obtained  during  inspection of the facility  above. Such
   requests  will be handled bv EPA in accordance with provisions of  the
   Freedom  of  Information  Act IFOIAI,  5 USC 552; EPA regulations
   issued  thereunder, 40 CFR  Part 2, and the Toxic Substances  Control
   Act  (TSCA), Section  14.  EPA  is required to make inspection data
   available in response to FOIA  requests unless the Administrator of  the
   Agency determines that the data contain information entitled to confi-
   dential treatment or  may be withheld from release under other excep-
   tions of FOIA.

   Any or all the information collected by EPA during the inspection may
   be cjaimed confidential if it relates to trade secrets or commercial or
   financial  matters that you  consider to be confidential business  infor-
   mation  If you assert a CBI claim, EPA will disclose the information
   only to the extent,  and by means of the procedures set forth in  the
   regulations (cited above)  governing  EPA's treatment of confidential
   business information. Among other things, the regulations require that
   EPA notify you in  advance  of publicly disclosing any information
   you have claimed as confidential business information.

   A confidential business  information (CBI) claim may be asserted at any
   time. You may assert a CBI claim prior to, during, or  after  the  infor-
   mation is  collected. The declaration form was developed by the  Agency
   to assist you in asserting a CBI  claim. If it  is more convenient for you to
   assert a CBI claim on your own stationery or by marking the  individual
   documents or samples "TSCA  confidential business  information," it is
   not necessary for you  to  use  this  form.  The inspector will be glad to
   answer  any questions  you may  have regarding  the Agency's CBI
   procedures.

   While you may  claim any collected information or sample as confiden-
   tial  business information, such claims are unlikely to be upheld if they
   are  challenged  unless  the  information  meets the  following criteria:

   1.    Your company has taken measures to protect the confi-
         dentiality of the information, and it intends to continue
         to take such measure*.
3.

4.
The information is not, and  has not been, reasonaoiy ootamaD'e
without your company's consent Oy other persons (other tnan
governmental bodies) by  use  of  legitimate  means (other tnan
discovery  based on  showing  of  special  need  n  a  ,uOiCiai  3r
quasi-judicial proceeding).

The information is not publicly available elsewhere.

Disclosure of the information would cause substantial
harm to your company's competitive position.
At the completion of the  inspection, you win be given a receipt *or all
documents,  samples, and  other materials collected. At that time, you
may make claims that some or all  of  the  'nformation is  confidential
business information.

If you are not authorized  by your company to  assert  a CBI ciaim, Th,s
notice will be sent  by certified mail, along with the receipt  for docu-
ments, samples,  and other materials to the Chief Executive Officer of
your firm within 2 days of this date. The Chief  Executive Officer must
return a  statement  specifying any  information which should receive
confidential treatment.

The  statement from the Chief  Executive Officer  should be aqdressed
to:
and mailed by registered, return-receipt requested mail within 7 calen-
dar days of  receipt of this  Notice. Claims may be  made  any time
after the inspection, but inspection data will  not be entered into the
special security  system for  TSCA  confidential  business information
until an official confidentiality claim is made. The data will be handled
under the agency's routine security system unless and until  a claim is
made.
TO BE COMPLETED BY FACILITY OFFICIAL RECEIVING THIS NOTICE:
I have received and read the notice
SIGNATURE
NAME
TITLE DATE SIGNED
If there is no one on the premises of the facility who is authorized to make
business confidentiality claims for the firm, a copy of this Notice and other
inspection materials will be sent to the company's chief executive officer If
there is another company official who should also receive this information,
please designate below.
NAME
TITLE
ADDRESS



EPA Form 774O4 (12-82)
                                                                                                                               INSPECTION FILE

-------
  x=/EPA
                -S =Nv  R
                                       3C 2046C

                    TOXIC ,   STANCES CONTROL ACT

DECLARATION OF CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION
 DATE
                 '  INVESTIGATION IDENTIFICATION
                     ! INSPECTOR NO
                                          DAILV 5EQ  NO
                                                                 2  FIRM NAME
JVffi V;
    NSPEC'
                                                                           5RE3S
                                           ON DESIGNATED AS CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS iNFO^MA^'ON
                                                                    DESCRIPTION
                                             ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY CLAIMANT

     The undersigned acknowledges that the information described above is designated as Confidential Business Information under Section 14(c) of the
     Toxic Substances Control Art. The undersigned further acknowledges that he/she is authorized to make such claims for his/her firm.

     The undersigned understands that challenges to confidentiality claims may be made, and that claims are not likely to be upheld unless the infor-
     mation  meets tne following guidelines: (1) The company has taken  measures to protect the confidentiality of the information  and it intends to
     continue to  take such measures; (2) The information is not, and has not been reasonably attainable without the company's consent by other
     persons (other than governmental  bodies) by  use of legitimate means (other than discovery based on a showing of special need in a judicial or
     quasi-iudicial proceeding); (3) The  information is not publicly available elsewhere; and (4) Disclosure of the information would cause substantial
     harm to the company's competitive position.                                                              A 7  O   -2  t*>
INSPECTOR SIGNATURE
NAME
TITLE 'DATE SIGNED
'
CLAIMANT SIGNATURE
NAME
TITLE DATE SIGNED
EPA Form 7740-2 112 82)
                                                                                                              INSPECTION FILE

-------
1
                                                                  P-5
                          Appendix P (cont.)

Confidentiality Discussion

      Officials should be informed of the procedures and requirements that
EPA must follow in handling TSCA confidential business information. The
inspector should explain that these procedures were established to protect
the companies subject to TSCA and  cover the following points during the
discussion.

      •    Data may be claimed confidential business  information during
           the closing  conference if a person authorized to make such
           claims is on-site at the facility.

      •    It is  suggested  that a company official  accompany the
           inspector during the inspection  to facilitate  designation (or
           avoidance, if possible) of confidential business data.

      •    A detailed receipt for all  documents, photographs, physical
           samples, and other materials [Figure L-4] collected during the
           inspection will be issued at  the closing conference.

      •    An authorized person may  make  immediate declarations that
           some  or all   the  information   is  confidential  business
           information.  This is done by completing the Declaration  of
           Confidential Business Information  form.  Each item claimed
           must meet  all  four of the criteria  shown  on the  TSCA
           Inspection Confidentiality Notice.

      •     If no authorized  person is available on-site, a copy  of the
           notices, along with the Receipt for Samples and Documents,
           will be sent  by certified,  return-receipt-requested mail to the
           Chief Executive Officer of  the firm and to another company
           official, if one has been designated.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
  vvEPA
                    US ENVIRONMENTAL OROTECT'ON 4GENCV
                           WASHINGTON. DC 2O460

                       TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT

                RECEIPT FOR SAMPLES AND DOCUMENTS
FOTTI Aoproved
CMS Mo 207C-0007
Aooroval expires 3-31-38
 DATE
INVESTIGATION IDENTIFICATION
  INSPECTOR NO.
 3 INSPECTOR ADDRE
                                 DAILY SEQ. NO.
                                                    2. FIRM NAME
                                     4. P IBM ADDRESS
     The documents and samples of chemical substances and/or mixtures described below were collected in connection with the
     administration and enforcement of the Toxic Substances Control Act.
       NO
   RECEIPT OF THE DOCUMENT(S) AND/OR SAMPLE(S) DESCRIBED IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED:

                                        DESCRIPTION
OPTIONAL


   DUPLICATE OR SPLIT SAMPLES  REQUESTED AND PROVIDED '
                                     NOT REQUESTED i	I
 MSPECTCR SIGNATURE
                                                    RECIPIENT SIGNATURE
 MAME
                                                    NAME
                                 DATE SIGNED
                                     TTTTE-
                                                                                     DATE SIGNtD
EPA Form 7740-1 (12-82)
                                                                                      INSPECTOR'S RUE

-------
                                                                   P-7
                          Appendix P (cont.)

Four copies are made of the Declaration of Confidential Information form
and distributed to:

      •     Facility owner or agent in charge
      •     Other company official (if designated)
      •     Document Control Officer
      •     Inspection report
                                                                (03/92)

-------
                   APPENDIX Q





TSCA SECTIONS 5 AND 8 GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND ACRONYMS

-------
                                                                Q-l
                             Appendix Q
              GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND ACRONYMS:
       TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT SECTIONS 5 AND 8
SECTIONS.  New Chemicals

             (Note:  TSCA does not regulate chemicals such as pesticides,
             drugs, cosmetics, explosives, etc., which are regulated under
             separate acts.)

PMN        Premanufacture Notification required for all "new" TSCA
             chemicals  (i.e., those  not  listed  as  TSCA Chemical
             Substances Inventory).

SNURs      Significant New Use Rules require subsequent notification to
             EPA when usage/exposure of existing chemical changes.

NOC        Notice of Commencement  to Agency is  required before
             manufacture begins (after PMN review period has expired).

TME        Test Marketing Exemption from PMN requirement can  be
             obtained on application  to and approval by EPA - usually
             subject to specific restrictions.
LVE
PE
R&D
Section 5(e)
Low Volume Exemption from PMN requirement
Polymer Exemption from PMN requirement, a modified
PMN
Research and Development Exemption - automatic
exemption, does not require Agency review or approval.
An administrative order limiting the manufacture, Order
Bona fide
processing, distribution, use and/or disposal of a chemical
for which a PMN is required because there is insufficient
informa-
tion to permit full evaluation.

Inquiry to Agency to determine whether a chemical is on the
confidential portion of the Inventory.  A Bona Fide  should
indicate an interest or intent to commercially manufacture
the subject chemical.
                                                              (03/92)

-------
 Q-2
                          Appendix Q (cont.)
 Section 5(f)
 Order/Rule
An administrative  order  or  rule  prohibiting/limiting the
manufacture,  etc.,  of a  chemical for which  a PMN  is
required because there is a reasonable basi? to conclude that
such   activities  present  an  unreasonable  risk   to
health/environment.
 Section 8      Existing Chemicals
             PAIR
             ITC
             CHEMICAL
             SUBSTANCES
             INVENTORY
             CAIR
                 Preliminary  Assessment  Information
                 Hules are promulgated under Section 8(a)
                 Level A and require reporting to Agency of
                 production, uses and exposure of specific
                 chemicals or classes of chemicals.

                 Interagencv Testing  Commit.tpp desig-
                 nates chemicals to be listed in PAIR rules,
                 as  well  as  some  of  the chemicals in
                 Section 8(d) rules.   ITC  is established
                 under Section 4(e) of TSCA.  It also rec-
                 ommends chemicals  for inclusion in test-
                 ing rules under Section 4(a).

                 A listing compiled under Section  8(b) of
                 TSCA of all chemicals  manufactured/
                 processed  in  U.S.  that were  manu-
                 factured,  imported  or processed  in the
                 period 1975-77.  Chemicals for which PMN
                 is submitted are added to inventory when
                 manufacturing/processing commences
                 (i.e.,  upon receipt  of NOC).   A major
                 updating of the inventory was undertaken
                 in 1986, and will be repeated every 4 years
                 thereafter.

                 Comprehensive  Assessment Information
                 Rule,  a more  detailed  reporting  rule
                 under Section 8(A) Level A (see PAIR)
(03/92)

-------

-------

-------